Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command ...€¦ · Contents vii Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference Release 4, Part Number OL-3851-01

Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command ReferenceRelease 4May 2003

Corporate HeadquartersCisco Systems, Inc.170 West Tasman DriveSan Jose, CA 95134-1706 USAhttp://www.cisco.comTel: 408 526-4000

800 553-NETS (6387)Fax: 408 526-4100

Text Part Number: OL-3851-01 B0

http://www.cisco.com

THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.

THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.

The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.

IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

CCIP, CCSP, the Cisco Arrow logo, the Cisco Powered Network mark, Cisco Unity, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, and StackWise are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, and iQuick Study are service marks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Aironet, ASIST, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCNA, CCNP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, the Cisco IOS logo, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Empowering the Internet Generation, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, GigaStack, Internet Quotient, IOS, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, LightStream, MGX, MICA, the Networkers logo, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, Packet, PIX, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing, RateMUX, Registrar, ScriptShare, SlideCast, SMARTnet, StrataView Plus, Stratm, SwitchProbe, TeleRouter, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, TransPath, and VCO are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries.

All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Web site are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0304R)

Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command ReferenceCopyright © 2003 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Cisco Frame Relay SRelease 4, Part Number OL-3851-01 Rev. B0, May 2003

C O N T E N T S

Preface xv

Objectives xv

Audience xv

Organization xv

Related Documentation xvi

Cisco WAN Manager Release 12 xvi

Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) Multiservice Switch Release 4 xvii

Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E) Multiservice Switch Release 4 xviii

Cisco MGX 8950 Multiservice Service Release 4 xix

SES PNNI Release 4 xxi

Cisco MGX 8830 Multiservice Switch Release 4 xxi

Cisco WAN Switching Software Release 9.4 xxii

MGX 8850 (PXM1) Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.20 xxiii

MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.20 xxiv

MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.20 xxv

Conventions xxvi

Obtaining Documentation xxvii

Cisco.com xxvii

Documentation CD-ROM xxvii

Ordering Documentation xxvii

Documentation Feedback xxviii

Obtaining Technical Assistance xxviii

Cisco.com xxviii

Technical Assistance Center xxix

Cisco TAC Website xxix

Cisco TAC Escalation Center xxx

Obtaining Additional Publications and Information xxx

C H A P T E R 1 Introduction 1-1

FRSM Card Types 1-1

Common FRSM Card Features 1-3

FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C 1-4

FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C 1-4

FRSM-2T3E3 1-5

iiioftware Configuration Guide and Command Reference

Contents

FRSM-2CT3 1-5

FRSM-HS2/B 1-6

FRSM-HS2/B with Eight X.21 or V.35 Interfaces 1-6

FRSM-HS2/B with Two HSSI Interfaces 1-6

Service Resource Module (SRM) Support 1-7

C H A P T E R 2 Provisioning Communications Links 2-1

Preparing for Provisioning 2-2

Quickstart Provisioning Procedures 2-2

FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-HS2/B Line Configuration Quickstart 2-3

FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 Line Configuration Quickstart 2-3

Frame Relay Port Configuration Quickstart 2-4

FRSM-to-FRSM SPVC Configuration Quickstart 2-4

FRSM-to-Non-FRSM SPVC Configuration Quickstart 2-5

General FRSM Provisioning Procedures 2-6

Bringing Up Lines 2-7

Configuring FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-HS2/B Lines 2-10

Configuring FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 Lines 2-12

Adding Frame Relay Ports 2-14

Configuring SPVCs on FRSM Cards 2-19

Configuring the Slave Side of SPVCs 2-19

Configuring the Master Side of SPVCs 2-28

C H A P T E R 3 FRSM Card Management 3-1

Managing CLI Sessions 3-1

Managing Cards 3-2

Distinguishing Between Channelized and Nonchannelized FRSM Cards 3-2

Displaying General Card Information 3-3

Displaying Software Version and Status Information 3-3

Managing Lines 3-4

Displaying a List of Lines 3-4

Displaying the Configuration for a Single Line 3-5

Bringing Down a Line 3-5

Managing Line Alarms 3-6

Managing Ports 3-6

Displaying a List of Ports 3-6

Displaying the Status of a Single Port 3-7

Deleting Ports 3-8

ivCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference

Release 4, Part Number OL-3851-01 Rev. B0, May 2003

Contents

Managing Resource Partitions 3-8

Displaying a Resource Partition Configuration 3-8

Adding a Resource Partition 3-8

Modifying a Resource Partition 3-9

Deleting a Resource Configuration 3-10

Managing Connections 3-11

Displaying a List of Connections 3-11

Displaying the Status of a Single Connection 3-11

Deleting Connections 3-13

Testing a Connection 3-13

Testing with tstcon 3-13

Testing with tstdelay 3-13

Testing with cnftrafficgen 3-14

Loopbacks 3-15

Bit Error Rate Testing (BERT) 3-17

BERT with T1 and E1 lines and ports 3-18

BERT with T3 and E3 lines and ports 3-21

C H A P T E R 4 FRSM Command Reference 4-1

? 4-7

acqdsx3bert 4-8

addchanloop 4-9

addcon 4-10

addds3loop 4-18

addds3rmtloop 4-19

addln 4-20

addlnloop 4-21

addport 4-23

addrmtloop 4-26

addrscprtn 4-27

addspvc 4-29

chkflash 4-36

clear 4-37

clralm 4-38

clralmcnt 4-39

clralmcnts 4-40

clralms 4-41

vCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


Contents

clrbertcntrs 4-42

clrcderrs 4-43

clrchancnt 4-44

clrchancnts 4-45

clrmsgcnt 4-46

clrportcnt 4-47

clrportcnts 4-48

clrsarcnt 4-49

clrsarcnts 4-50

clrscrn 4-51

clrslftst 4-52

clrtaskinfo 4-53

cls 4-54

cnfchan 4-55

cnfchanabrparams 4-56

cnfchanabrrates 4-58

cnfchancacoff 4-60

cnfchanegressq 4-61

cnfchaneir 4-63

cnfchaningressq 4-64

cnfchanmap 4-66

cnfchanpol 4-68

cnfchansrvrate 4-71

cnfchanstdabr 4-73

cnfclktype 4-75

cnfcon 4-76

cnfds3ln 4-78

cnfdsx3bert 4-80

cnfegrq 4-82

cnfegrservtype 4-84

cnfln 4-85

cnflnloop 4-88

cnflnsubrate 4-89

cnfm32eqthresh 4-91

cnfoamlpbk 4-92

viCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


Contents

cnfport 4-94

cnfportcllm 4-96

cnfrdimapenbl 4-98

cnfrscprtn 4-99

cnfslftst 4-101

cnfstdabrctrl 4-102

cnftrafficgen 4-103

cnfunit391 4-105

copychans 4-106

copyports 4-108

cpstobps 4-109

delchan 4-110

delchanloop 4-111

delchans 4-112

delcon 4-113

delds3loop 4-114

deldsx3bert 4-115

delln 4-116

dellnloop 4-117

delport 4-118

delports 4-119

delrscprtn 4-120

dncon 4-121

dspalm 4-122

dspalmcnf 4-123

dspalmcnt 4-125

dspalms 4-128

dspbufoverflow 4-129

dspcd 4-130

dspcderrs 4-132

dspchan 4-133

dspchancnt 4-135

dspchanmap 4-137

dspchans 4-138

dspchanstdabr 4-139

viiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


Contents

dspchstats 4-140

dspcon 4-142

dspcons 4-144

dspds3ln 4-147

dspds3lns 4-148

dspdsx3bert 4-149

dspegrq 4-150

dspegrqs 4-152

dspegrservtype 4-153

dspfdminfo 4-154

dspfeature 4-156

dsplcn 4-157

dspln 4-158

dsplns 4-159

dspm32eqthresh 4-161

dspmaptbl 4-162

dspmsgcnt 4-163

dspoamlpbk 4-164

dspport 4-166

dspportcnt 4-168

dspports 4-170

dspportstats 4-171

dsprdimapenbl 4-173

dsprscprtn 4-174

dspsarcnt 4-175

dspsarcnts 4-176

dspservrate 4-178

dspslftst 4-179

dspslftsttbl 4-180

dspstatparms 4-182

dspstdabrctrl 4-183

dsptaskinfo 4-184

dsptotals 4-186

dsptrafficgen 4-188

dspunit391 4-189

viiiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


Contents

dspusedlnmap 4-190

Help 4-192

i 4-193

memShow 4-195

moddsx3bert 4-196

myid 4-197

queDsp 4-198

rrtcon 4-199

runslftstno 4-200

setcmdc 4-201

setpagemode 4-202

startdsx3bert 4-203

tstcon 4-204

tstdelay 4-205

upcon 4-206

version 4-207

xclrchancnt 4-208

xclrportcnt 4-209

xcnfalm 4-210

xcnfalmcnt 4-212

xcnfchan 4-215

xcnfchanstdabr 4-225

xcnfdsx3bert 4-227

xcnfln 4-230

xcnfport 4-238

xcnfportrscprtn 4-242

xdspchan 4-244

xdspchancnt 4-246

xdspchans 4-248

xdspchanstdabr 4-249

xdspdsx3bert 4-250

xdspln 4-251

xdsplns 4-253

xdspport 4-254

xdspportcnt 4-256

ixCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


Contents

xdspports 4-258

xCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


F I G U R E S

Figure 3-1 FRSM-8T1E1 Line and Channel Loopbacks 3-16

Figure 3-2 FRSM-2CT3 Line and Channel Loopbacks 3-16

Figure 3-3 FRSM-2T3E3 Line and Channel Loopbacks 3-17

Figure 3-4 FRSM-HS2/B Line and Channel Loopbacks 3-17

Figure 4-1 DS3 Local Loopback on the FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 4-18

Figure 4-2 DS3 Remote Loopback on the FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 4-19

Figure 4-3 Local Loopback on the FRSM-8T1E1, FRSM-8T1E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B 4-21

Figure 4-4 DS1 Remote Loopback on the FRSM-2CT3 4-26

xiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


Figures

xiiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


T A B L E S

Table 1 Cisco WAN Manager Release 12 Documentation xvi

Table 2 Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) Release 4 Documentation xvii

Table 3 Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E) Release 4 Documentation xviii

Table 4 Cisco MGX 8950 Release 4 Documentation xx

Table 5 SES PNNI Controller Release 4 Documentation xxi

Table 6 Cisco MGX 8830 Release 4 Documentation xxi

Table 7 Cisco WAN Switching Release 9.4 Documentation xxii

Table 8 MGX 8850 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.20 Documentation xxiii

Table 9 MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Documentation xxiv

Table 10 MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Documentation xxv

Table 1-1 FRSM Cards Supported in MGX Release 4.0 1-1

Table 1-2 FRSM Cards Supported by PXM1E and PXM45 Controllers 1-2

Table 1-3 Card Redundancy, Bulk Distribution, and BERT support for FRSM cards 1-8

Table 2-1 Link and Connection Types Applicable to FRSM Cards 2-1

Table 2-2 FRSM Card Types 2-7

Table 2-3 Line Parameters for cnfln Command 2-11

Table 2-4 Line Parameters for cnfds3ln Command 2-13

Table 2-5 Parameters for addport Command 2-16

Table 2-6 Parameters for the addcon Command 2-20

Table 3-1 Session Management Commands 3-1

Table 3-2 Parameters for the addrscprtn Command 3-9

Table 3-3 Parameters for the cnfrscprtn Command 3-10

Table 3-4 Parameters for the cnftrafficgen Command 3-14

Table 3-5 Loopback Commands supported by FRSM cards 3-15

Table 3-6 Supported T1 and E1 BERT Patterns 3-19

Table 3-7 BERT Configuration options for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 cards 3-20

Table 3-8 BERT Configuration options for FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C cards 3-20

Table 3-9 FRSM-2T3E3 BERT Configuration Commands 3-21

Table 4-1 FRSM Session Management Commands 4-1

Table 4-2 FRSM Card Management Commands 4-2

Table 4-3 FRSM Line Management Commands 4-2

xiiiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


Tables

Table 4-4 FRSM Port Management Commands 4-4

Table 4-5 FRSM Resource Partition Management Commands 4-5

Table 4-6 FRSM Connection Management Commands 4-5

Table 4-7 Connection Parameters That Must Match 4-10

xivCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


Preface

This preface describes the objectives, audience, organization, and conventions of the Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference.

ObjectivesThis guide describes how to configure Frame Relay and ATM services on Cisco MGX 8830 and Cisco MGX 8850 switches that use the PXM1E and PXM45 processors.

AudienceThe Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference is written for network operators and administrators who are responsible for MGX 8230, MGX 8250, MGX 8830, MGX 8850, or MGX 8950 switches that provide Frame Relay and ATM services.

OrganizationThe body of this publication is:

Chapter 1 Introduction. This chapter introduces the FRSM cards covered in this guide and their features.

Chapter 2 Provisioning Communications Links. This chapter describes how to provision connections between the FRSM cards described in this guide and between these FRSM cards and other types of cards.

Chapter 3 FRSM Card Management. This chapter describes card management tasks you might want to do after provisioning is complete.

Chapter 4 FRSM Command Reference. This chapter describes the command-line interface (CLI) commands that you can use to configure, provision, and manage the FRSM cards.

xvCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


PrefaceRelated Documentation

Related DocumentationThis “Related Documentation” section describes the technical manuals and release notes listed in the “Guide to Cisco Multiservice Switch Documentation.” That guide, part DOC-7815358=, shipped with your product.

The following Cisco publications contain information related to the operation of this product and associated equipment in a Cisco WAN switching network.

Note Starting in April 2003, the documents listed in the “Related Documentation” section will be available online only.

There are several ways you can find these documents online:

• In your browser’s URL field, enter www.cisco.com. In the top right search field, enter the document part number (for example, OL-3837-01) and click on GO.

• For the Cisco WAN Manager documents, in your browser’s URL field, enter http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/rtrmgmt/cwm/ and look for the CWM release number.

• For all other documents, in your browser’s URL field, enter http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/wanbu/index.htm. Look for the switch name, then release number (for example, MGX 8850 (PXM1E), then Release 4).

Cisco WAN Manager Release 12Table 1 lists the product documentation for the Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) network management system for Release 12.

Table 1 Cisco WAN Manager Release 12 Documentation

Title Description

Cisco WAN Manager Installation Guide for Solaris 8, Release 12

OL-3837-01

Provides procedures for installing Release 12 of the CWM network management system and Release 5.4 of CiscoView on a Solaris 8 platform.

Cisco WAN Manager User’s Guide, Release 12

OL-3838-01

Describes how to use the CWM Release 12 software, which consists of user applications and tools for network management, connection management, network configuration, statistics collection, and security management.

Cisco WAN Manager SNMP Service Agent Guide, Release 12

OL-3840-01

Provides information about the CWM Simple Network Management Protocol Service Agent, an optional adjunct to CWM that is used for managing Cisco WAN switches using SNMP.

Cisco WAN Manager Database Interface Guide, Release 12

OL-3839-01

Provides information about accessing the CWM Informix OnLine database that is used to store information about the network elements.

xviCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference



Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) Multiservice Switch Release 4 Table 2 lists the product documentation for the installation and operation of the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) Multiservice Switch Release 4.

Table 2 Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) Release 4 Documentation

Title Description

Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Hardware Installation Guide

OL-3842-01

Describes how to install the Cisco MGX 8950, the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), and the Cisco MGX 8830 switches. This documentation explains what each switch does and covers site preparation, grounding, safety, card installation, and cabling. The Cisco MGX 8850 switch uses either a PXM45 or a PXM1E controller card and provides support for both serial bus based and cell bus based service modules. The Cisco MGX 8950 supports only serial bus based service modules. This hardware installation guide replaces all previous hardware guides for these switches.

Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference for the Cisco MGX 8850 FRSM12 Card, Release 3*

DOC-7810327=

Describes how to use the high-speed Frame Relay (FRSM-12-T3E3) commands that are available in the CLI of the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) switch.

Cisco ATM Services (AXSM) Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference for MGX Switches, Release 4

OL-3852-01

Explains how to configure the AXSM cards and a command reference that describes the AXSM commands in detail. The AXSM cards covered in this manual are the AXSM-XG, AXSM/A, AXSM/B, AXSM-E, and AXSM-32-T1E1-E.

Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4

OL-3845-01

Describes how to configure the Cisco MGX 8950, the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), and the Cisco MGX 8830 switches with PXM45 or PXM1E controller cards to operate as ATM core switches or edge switches. This guide also provides some operation and maintenance procedures.

Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Command Reference, Release 4

OL-3846-01

Describes the PXM commands that are available on the CLI of the Cisco MGX 8830, Cisco MGX 8850, and Cisco MGX 8950 switches.

Cisco Circuit Emulation Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference, Release 4

OL-3853-01

Provides software configuration procedures for provisioning connections and managing the CESM cards supported in this release. Also provides descriptions for all CESM commands.

Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference, Release 4

OL-3851-01

Provides software configuration procedures for provisioning connections and managing the FRSM cards supported in this release. Also provides descriptions for all FRSM commands.

PNNI Network Planning Guide for MGX and SES Products

OL-3847-01

Provides guidelines for planning a PNNI network that uses Cisco MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM45 and PXM1E), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco BPX 8600 switches. When connected to a PNNI network, each Cisco BPX 8600 series switch requires an SES for PNNI route processing.

xviiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference



Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E) Multiservice Switch Release 4Table 3 lists the product documentation for the installation and operation of the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E) Multiservice Switch Release 4.

Cisco MGX Route Processor Module (RPM-XF) Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 4

OL-3186-01

Describes how to install and configure the Cisco MGX Route Processor Module (RPM-XF) in the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) and MGX 8950 Release 4 switch. Also provides site preparation procedures, troubleshooting procedures, maintenance procedures, cable and connector specifications, and basic Cisco IOS configuration information.

Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 3*

OL-2521-01

Describes how to install and configure the Voice Interworking Service Module (VISM) in the Cisco MGX 8830, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45 and PXM1E), and Cisco MGX 8950 switches. Also provides site preparation procedures, troubleshooting procedures, maintenance procedures, cable and connector specifications, and Cisco CLI configuration information.

Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM45 and PXM1E), and MGX 8950 Switches*

DOC-7814790=

Provides regulatory compliance, product warnings, and safety recommendations for the Cisco MGX 8830, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45 and PXM1E), and Cisco MGX 8950 switches.

* This book was last updated for Release 3.

Table 2 Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) Release 4 Documentation (continued)

Title Description

Table 3 Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E) Release 4 Documentation

Title Description


OL-3842-01



OL-3845-01



OL-3846-01


xviiiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference



Cisco MGX 8950 Multiservice Service Release 4Table 4 lists the product documentation for the installation and operation of the Cisco MGX 8950 Multiservice Switch Release 4.


OL-3853-01



OL-3851-01


Cisco AUSM Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference for Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E) and Cisco MGX 8830, Release 3*

DOC-7814254=

Provides software configuration procedures for provisioning connections and managing the AUSM cards supported in this release. Also provides descriptions for all AUSM commands.


OL-3847-01

Provides guidelines for planning a PNNI network that uses Cisco MGX 8830, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45 and PXM1E), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco BPX 8600 switches. When connected to a PNNI network, each Cisco BPX 8600 series switch requires an SES for PNNI route processing.


OL-2521-01

Describes how to install and configure VISM in the Cisco MGX 8850, Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Release 4 switches. Also provides site preparation procedures, troubleshooting procedures, maintenance procedures, cable and connector specifications, and Cisco CLI configuration information.

Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM45 and PXM1E), and MGX 8950 Switches. *

DOC-7814790=



Table 3 Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E) Release 4 Documentation (continued)

Title Description

xixCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference



Table 4 Cisco MGX 8950 Release 4 Documentation

Title Description


OL-3842-01

Describes how to install the Cisco MGX 8950, the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), and the Cisco MGX 8830 switches. This documentation explains what each switch does and covers site preparation, grounding, safety, card installation, and cabling. The Cisco MGX 8850 switch uses either a PXM45 or a PXM1E controller card and provides support for both serial bus based and cell bus based service modules. The Cisco MGX 8950 supports only serial us based service modules. This hardware installation guide replaces all previous hardware guides for these switches.


OL-3845-01



OL-3846-01


Cisco ATM Services (AXSM) Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference for MGX Switches, Release 4

OL-3852-01

This guide explains how to configure the AXSM cards and a command reference that describes the AXSM commands in detail. The AXSM cards covered in this manual are the AXSM-XG, AXSM/A, AXSM/B, AXSM-E, and AXSM-32-T1E1-E.


OL-3847-01


Cisco MGX Route Processor Module (RPM-XF) Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 4

OL-3186-01

Describes how to install and configure the Cisco MGX Route Processor Module (RPM-XF) in the Cisco MGX 8850 Release 4 switch. Also provides site preparation procedures, troubleshooting procedures, maintenance procedures, cable and connector specifications, and basic Cisco IOS configuration information.

Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM45 and PXM1E), and MGX 8950 Switches. *

DOC-7814790=



xxCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference



SES PNNI Release 4 Table 5 lists the product documentation for the understanding, the installation, and the operation of the Service Expansion Shelf (SES) Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI) Controller.

Cisco MGX 8830 Multiservice Switch Release 4Table 6 lists the product documentation for the installation and operation of the Cisco MGX 8830 Multiservice Switch Release 4.

Table 5 SES PNNI Controller Release 4 Documentation

Title Description

Cisco SES PNNI Controller Software Configuration Guide, Release 3*

DOC-7814258=

Describes how to configure, operate, and maintain the SES PNNI Controller.

Cisco SES PNNI Controller Command Reference, Release 3*

DOC-7814260=

Provides a description of the commands used to configure and operate the SES PNNI Controller.


OL-3847-01



Table 6 Cisco MGX 8830 Release 4 Documentation

Title Description


OL-3842-01



OL-3845-01



OL-3846-01


xxiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference



Cisco WAN Switching Software Release 9.4Table 7 lists the product documentation for the installation and operation of the Cisco WAN Switching Software Release 9.4.


OL-3853-01



OL-3851-01


Cisco AUSM Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference for MGX 8850 (PXM1E) and MGX 8830, Release 3*

DOC-7814254=

Provides software configuration procedures for provisioning connections and managing the AUSM cards supported in this release. Also provides descriptions for all AUSM commands.


OL-3847-01



OL-2521-01

Describes how to install and configure VISM in the Cisco MGX 8850, Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Release 4 switches. Also provides site preparation procedures, troubleshooting procedures, maintenance procedures, cable and connector specifications, and Cisco CLI configuration information.

Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco MGX 8830, MGX 8850 (PXM45 and PXM1E), and MGX 8950 Switches.*

DOC-7814790=



Table 6 Cisco MGX 8830 Release 4 Documentation (continued)

Title Description

Table 7 Cisco WAN Switching Release 9.4 Documentation

Title Description

9.4.00 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software

OL-3189-01

Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as well as known and resolved anomalies.

Cisco BPX 8600 Series Installation and Configuration, Release 9.3.30

DOC-7812907=

Provides a general description and technical details of the Cisco BPX broadband switch.

xxiiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference



MGX 8850 (PXM1) Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.20

Note The Release 1.x books have not been updated recently. Please check the Release Notes for the latest information.

Table 8 lists the product documentation for the installation and operation of the Cisco MGX 8850 Edge Concentrator.

Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference, Release 9.3.30

DOC-7812906=

Provides detailed information on the general command line interface commands.

Cisco IGX 8400 Series Installation Guide

OL-1165-05

Provides hardware installation and basic configuration information for Cisco IGX 8400 Series switches that are running Switch Software Release 9.3.30 or later.

Cisco IGX 8400 Series Provisioning Guide

OL-1166-03

Provides information for configuration and provisioning of selected services for the Cisco IGX 8400 Series switches that are running Switch Software Release 9.3.30 or later.

Cisco IGX 8400 Series Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information

DOC-7813227=

Provides regulatory compliance, product warnings, and safety recommendations for the Cisco IGX 8400 Series switch.

Table 7 Cisco WAN Switching Release 9.4 Documentation (continued)

Title Description

Table 8 MGX 8850 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.20 Documentation

Title Description

Release Notes for Cisco WAN MGX 8850 (PXM1), MGX 8250, and MGX 8230 Software Version 1.2.20

OL-3244-01


Cisco MGX 8850 Edge Concentrator Installation and Configuration, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811223=

Provides installation instructions for the Cisco MGX 8850 edge concentrator.

Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switch Command Reference, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811210=

Provides detailed information on the general command line for the Cisco MGX 8850 edge concentrator.

Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switch System Error Messages, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811240=

Provides error message descriptions and recovery procedures.

Cisco MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch Overview, Release 1.1.3

OL-1154-01

Provides a technical description of the system components and functionality of the Cisco MGX 8850 edge concentrator from a technical perspective.

xxiiiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference



MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.20Table 9 lists the product documentation for the installation and operation of the Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator.

Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 1.1

DOC-7812278=

Describes how to install and configure the Cisco MGX Route Processor Module (RPM/B and RPM-PR) in the Cisco MGX 8850, the Cisco MGX 8250, and the Cisco MGX 8230 edge concentrators. Also provides site preparation procedures, troubleshooting procedures, maintenance procedures, cable and connector specifications, and basic Cisco IOS configuration information.

Cisco VISM Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 3

OL-2521-01

Describes how to install and configure VISM in the Cisco MGX 8850, Cisco MGX 8250, and Cisco MGX 8230 switches. Also provides site preparation procedures, troubleshooting procedures, maintenance procedures, cable and connector specifications, and Cisco CLI configuration information.

Table 8 MGX 8850 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.20 Documentation (continued)

Title Description

Table 9 MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Documentation

Title Description


OL-3244-01



DOC-7811217=

Provides installation instructions for the Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator.

Cisco MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Command Reference, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811212=


Cisco MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Error Messages, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811216=


Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Overview, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811576=

Describes the system components and functionality of the Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator from a technical perspective.

xxivCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference



MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Release 1.2.20Table 10 lists the product documentation for the installation and operation of the Cisco MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator.


DOC-7812278=



OL-2521-01


Table 9 MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Documentation (continued)

Title Description

Table 10 MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Documentation

Title Description


OL-3244-01



DOC-7811215=

Provides installation instructions for the Cisco MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator.

Cisco MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Command Reference, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811211=


Cisco MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Error Messages, Release 1.1.3

DOC-78112113=


Cisco MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Overview, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7812899=

Provides a technical description of the system components and functionality of the Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator from a technical perspective.

xxvCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


PrefaceConventions

ConventionsThis publication uses the following conventions.

Command descriptions use these conventions:

• Commands and keywords are in boldface.

• Arguments for which you supply values are in italics.

• Required command arguments are inside angle brackets (< >).

• Optional command arguments are in square brackets ([ ]).

• Alternative keywords are separated by vertical bars ( | ).

Examples use these conventions:

• Terminal sessions and information the system displays are in screen font.

• Information you enter is in boldface screen font.

• Nonprinting characters, such as passwords, are in angle brackets (< >).

• Default responses to system prompts are in square brackets ([ ]).

Note Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the manual.

Caution Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.

Tips Means the following information will help you solve a problem. The tips information might not be troubleshooting or even an action, but could be useful information, similar to a Timesaver.


DOC-7812278=



OL-2521-01


Table 10 MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Documentation (continued)

Title Description

xxviCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


PrefaceObtaining Documentation

Warning This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, you must be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents. (To see translated versions of this warning, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information document that accompanied the product.)

Obtaining DocumentationCisco provides several ways to obtain documentation, technical assistance, and other technical resources. These sections explain how to obtain technical information from Cisco Systems.

Cisco.comYou can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/univercd/home/home.htm

You can access the Cisco website at this URL:


International Cisco websites can be accessed from this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/public/countries_languages.shtml

Documentation CD-ROMCisco documentation and additional literature are available in a Cisco Documentation CD-ROM package, which may have shipped with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM is updated regularly and may be more current than printed documentation. The CD-ROM package is available as a single unit or through an annual or quarterly subscription.

Registered Cisco.com users can order a single Documentation CD-ROM (product number DOC-CONDOCCD=) through the Cisco Ordering tool:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/ordering/ordering_place_order_ordering_tool_launch.html

All users can order monthly or quarterly subscriptions through the online Subscription Store:

http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription

Ordering Documentation

Note Starting in April 2003, the documents listed in the “Related Documentation” section will be available online only.

There are several ways you can find these documents online:

• In your browser’s URL field, enter www.cisco.com. In the top right search field, enter the document part number (for example, OL-3837-01) and click on GO.

xxviiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


http://www.cisco.com/univercd/home/home.htm


http://www.cisco.com/public/countries_languages.shtml

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/ordering/ordering_place_order_ordering_tool_launch.html

http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription

PrefaceObtaining Technical Assistance

• For the Cisco WAN Manager documents, in your browser’s URL field, enter http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/rtrmgmt/cwm/ and look for the CWM release number.

• For all other documents, in your browser’s URL field, enter http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/wanbu/index.htm. Look for the switch name, then release number (for example, MGX 8850 (PXM1E), then Release 4).

You can find instructions for ordering other Cisco documentation at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/es_inpck/pdi.htm

You can order Cisco documentation in these ways:

• Registered Cisco.com users (Cisco direct customers) can order Cisco product documentation from the Networking Products MarketPlace:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/ordering/index.shtml

• Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by calling Cisco Systems Corporate Headquarters (California, U.S.A.) at 408 526-7208 or, elsewhere in North America, by calling 800 553-NETS (6387).

Documentation FeedbackYou can submit comments electronically on Cisco.com. On the Cisco Documentation home page, click Feedback at the top of the page.

You can e-mail your comments to [email protected].

You can submit comments by using the response card (if present) behind the front cover of your document or by writing to the following address:

Cisco SystemsAttn: Customer Document Ordering170 West Tasman DriveSan Jose, CA 95134-9883

We appreciate your comments.

Obtaining Technical AssistanceCisco provides Cisco.com, which includes the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) website, as a starting point for all technical assistance. Customers and partners can obtain online documentation, troubleshooting tips, and sample configurations from the Cisco TAC website. Cisco.com registered users have complete access to the technical support resources on the Cisco TAC website, including TAC tools and utilities.

Cisco.comCisco.com offers a suite of interactive, networked services that let you access Cisco information, networking solutions, services, programs, and resources at any time, from anywhere in the world.

Cisco.com provides a broad range of features and services to help you with these tasks:

• Streamline business processes and improve productivity

xxviiiCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/es_inpck/pdi.htm

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/ordering/index.shtml

PrefaceObtaining Technical Assistance

• Resolve technical issues with online support

• Download and test software packages

• Order Cisco learning materials and merchandise

• Register for online skill assessment, training, and certification programs

To obtain customized information and service, you can self-register on Cisco.com at this URL:

http://tools.cisco.com/RPF/register/register.do

Technical Assistance CenterThe Cisco TAC is available to all customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product, technology, or solution. Two types of support are available: the Cisco TAC website and the Cisco TAC Escalation Center. The type of support that you choose depends on the priority of the problem and the conditions stated in service contracts, when applicable.

We categorize Cisco TAC inquiries according to urgency:

• Priority level 4 (P4)—You need information or assistance concerning Cisco product capabilities, product installation, or basic product configuration. There is little or no impact to your business operations.

• Priority level 3 (P3)—Operational performance of the network is impaired, but most business operations remain functional. You and Cisco are willing to commit resources during normal business hours to restore service to satisfactory levels.

• Priority level 2 (P2)—Operation of an existing network is severely degraded, or significant aspects of your business operations are negatively impacted by inadequate performance of Cisco products. You and Cisco will commit full-time resources during normal business hours to resolve the situation.

• Priority level 1 (P1)—An existing network is “down,” or there is a critical impact to your business operations. You and Cisco will commit all necessary resources around the clock to resolve the situation.

Cisco TAC Website

The Cisco TAC website provides online documents and tools to help troubleshoot and resolve technical issues with Cisco products and technologies. To access the Cisco TAC website, go to this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/tac

All customers, partners, and resellers who have a valid Cisco service contract have complete access to the technical support resources on the Cisco TAC website. Some services on the Cisco TAC website require a Cisco.com login ID and password. If you have a valid service contract but do not have a login ID or password, go to this URL to register:


If you are a Cisco.com registered user, and you cannot resolve your technical issues by using the Cisco TAC website, you can open a case online at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen

If you have Internet access, we recommend that you open P3 and P4 cases online so that you can fully describe the situation and attach any necessary files.

xxixCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference



http://www.cisco.com/tac


http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen

PrefaceObtaining Additional Publications and Information

Cisco TAC Escalation Center

The Cisco TAC Escalation Center addresses priority level 1 or priority level 2 issues. These classifications are assigned when severe network degradation significantly impacts business operations. When you contact the TAC Escalation Center with a P1 or P2 problem, a Cisco TAC engineer automatically opens a case.

To obtain a directory of toll-free Cisco TAC telephone numbers for your country, go to this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml

Before calling, please check with your network operations center to determine the Cisco support services to which your company is entitled: for example, SMARTnet, SMARTnet Onsite, or Network Supported Accounts (NSA). When you call the center, please have available your service agreement number and your product serial number.

Obtaining Additional Publications and InformationInformation about Cisco products, technologies, and network solutions is available from various online and printed sources.

• The Cisco Product Catalog describes the networking products offered by Cisco Systems, as well as ordering and customer support services. Access the Cisco Product Catalog at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/products_catalog_links_launch.html

• Cisco Press publishes a wide range of networking publications. Cisco suggests these titles for new and experienced users: Internetworking Terms and Acronyms Dictionary, Internetworking Technology Handbook, Internetworking Troubleshooting Guide, and the Internetworking Design Guide. For current Cisco Press titles and other information, go to Cisco Press online at this URL:

http://www.ciscopress.com

• Packet magazine is the Cisco quarterly publication that provides the latest networking trends, technology breakthroughs, and Cisco products and solutions to help industry professionals get the most from their networking investment. Included are networking deployment and troubleshooting tips, configuration examples, customer case studies, tutorials and training, certification information, and links to numerous in-depth online resources. You can access Packet magazine at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/go/packet

• iQ Magazine is the Cisco bimonthly publication that delivers the latest information about Internet business strategies for executives. You can access iQ Magazine at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/go/iqmagazine

• Internet Protocol Journal is a quarterly journal published by Cisco Systems for engineering professionals involved in designing, developing, and operating public and private internets and intranets. You can access the Internet Protocol Journal at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/about/ac123/ac147/about_cisco_the_internet_protocol_journal.html

• Training—Cisco offers world-class networking training. Current offerings in network training are listed at this URL:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/learning/le31/learning_recommended_training_list.html

xxxCisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/products_catalog_links_launch.html

http://www.ciscopress.com

http://www.cisco.com/go/packet

http://www.cisco.com/go/iqmagazine

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/about/ac123/ac147/about_cisco_the_internet_protocol_journal.html

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/learning/le31/learning_recommended_training_list.html

Cisco Frame Relay Software ConfigRelease 4, Part Number OL-3851-01 Rev. B0, May 2003

C H A P T E R 1
Introduction
This chapter introduces the FRSM cards that are supported by the PXM1E or the PXM45 processor card in Cisco MGX 8850 and Cisco MGX 8830 switches. This chapter also describes the features of these cards and Service Resource Module (SRM) support for the FRSM card.

FRSM Card TypesWhen operating under control of the PXM1E or PXM45 card, the Cisco MGX 8850 and Cisco MGX 8830 switches support the FRSM cards listed in Table 1-1.

Note The FRSM-12-T3E3 card is not documented in this book. For information on the configuration and commands for this card, refer to the Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference for the Cisco MGX 8850 FRSM12 Card, Release 3.

Table 1-1 FRSM Cards Supported in MGX Release 4.0

Front Card Back CardMaximum Connections

FRSM-8T1 RJ48-8T1, R-RJ48-8T1

1000

FRSM-8T1-C RJ48-8T1, R-RJ48-8T1

1000

FRSM-8E1 MGX-RJ48-8E1, RJ48-8E1, SMB-8E1, R-RJ48-8E1, R-SMB-8E1

1000

FRSM-8E1-C MGX-RJ48-8E1, RJ48-8E1, SMB-8E1, R-RJ48-8E1, R-SMB-8E1

1000

FRSM-2T3E3 BNC-2T3, BNC-2E3, BNC-2E3A

2000

1-1uration Guide and Command Reference

Chapter 1 IntroductionFRSM Card Types

Support for each type of FRSM card by the PXM1E and PXM45 processor cards is shown in Table 1-2

The FRSM cards described in this manual are single-height service modules that enable Frame Relay communications over an ATM network. The FRSM cards typically connect to a Frame Relay router. Communications from the Frame Relay router are then connected through the ATM network using a Soft Permanent Virtual Circuit (SPVC) to a remote device. This release of the FRSM cards supports communications over the ATM network with communications ports on the following destination devices:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8T1-C, and FRSM-8E1-C (Frame Relay on PXM1, PXM1E and PXM45)

• FRSM-HS1/B and FRSM-HS2 (Frame Relay on PXM1)

• FRSM-HS2/B (Frame Relay on PXM1 and PXM1E)

• FRSM-12-T3E3 (Frame Relay on PXM45)

• FRSM-2CT3 (Frame Relay on PXM1, PXM1E, and PXM45)

• FRSM-2T3E3 (Frame Relay on PXM1, except Foresight, and PXM1E)

• BNM (OC-3, T3, T3/B, E3, E3/B), AUSM-8T1E1/B, FRSM-8T1E1, FRSM-8T1E1-C, and FRSM-VHS (HS1, HS1/B, HS2) (Frame Relay and ATM on Cisco MGX 8220)

• AXSM, AXSM/B, AXSM-E, and AXSM-XG (ATM on PXM45)

• BXM, BXME, and BME (ATM on BPX switches)

• AUSM-8T1/B and AUSM-8E1/B (ATM on PXM1 and PXM1E)

• PXM1 and PXM1E (ATM)

• RPM, RPM-PR, and RPM-XF (Ethernet in PXM1, PXM1E, and PXM45 switches)

FRSM-2CT3 BNC-2T3 4000

FRSM-HS2/B MGX-12IN1-8S 4000

MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B

2000

Table 1-1 FRSM Cards Supported in MGX Release 4.0 (continued)

Front Card Back CardMaximum Connections

Table 1-2 FRSM Cards Supported by PXM1E and PXM45 Controllers

FRSM Card PXM1E PXM45 PXM45/B PXM45/C

FRSM-8T1 Yes No Yes Yes

FRSM-8T1-C Yes No Yes Yes

FRSM-8E1 Yes No Yes Yes

FRSM-8E1-C Yes No Yes Yes

FRSM-2CT3 Yes No Yes Yes

FRSM-2T3E3 Yes No Yes Yes

FRSM-HS2/B Yes No Yes Yes

1-2Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference


Chapter 1 IntroductionCommon FRSM Card Features

The devices listed above can serve as the destination port on the ATM network and must be connected to another device, which is typically a router, that will forward the communications to the actual destination.

When the destination port is an ATM interface, a router with an ATM interface must be attached to receive the data, unpackage the ATM frames, and forward the original data out over another interface.

When the destination port is an RPM, RPM-PR, or RPM-XF interface, the RPM card unpackages the ATM frames and forwards data out the appropriate Ethernet interface.

All communications over the FRSM cards are two way, so remote devices can forward data to a FRSM card, and the FRSM card will assemble Frame Relay frames to forward to the attached router.

Common FRSM Card FeaturesThe primary difference between the different FRSM cards is physical medium used. Features that are common to all the FRSM cards include:

• Support for frame sizes from 3 to 4510 octets

• ANSI T1.618 compliant, using two-octet headers

• T1.618 consolidated link-layer messages (CLLM)

• Standards-based CIR policing and DE tagging and discarding (Dual leaky bucket policing)

• Interpreted CCITT-16 CRC provided at end of the frame (frame discard if in error)

• Support for ITU-T Q.933 Annex A, ANSI T1.617 Annex D, and LMI local management of semipermanent virtual circuits (both UNI and NNI portions)

• Enhanced LMI provides auto configuration of traffic management parameters for attached Cisco routers

• Support for LMI autosense on UNI frame relay ports

• Each logical port can be configured independently to run one of the following:

– Frame Relay UNI

– Frame Relay NNI

– ATM Forum FUNI mode 1A

– Frame forwarding (no translation or mapping of header contents, CRC evaluated)

• Each connection can be configured independently to use one of the following:

– Frame Relay to ATM network interworking (FRF.5)

– Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (FRF.8) transparent (no protocol ID translation)

– Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (FRF.8) translational (protocol ID translation)

• Support for PNNI Preferred Routing for SPVCs

The following sections describe the individual features of the FRSM cards.



Chapter 1 IntroductionFRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C

FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-CThe FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C each provide eight T1 interfaces for full-duplex communications at up to 1.544 Mbps per interface, adding up to a total card throughput of 12.352 Mbps. The physical connector for each line is an RJ48 connector.

The FRSM-8T1 supports fractional and unchannelized T1 port selection on a per-T1 basis.

The FRSM-8T1-C allows full DS0 and n x DS0 channelization of the T1s for a maximum of 192 ports per card. Up to 192 DS0 ports (24 channels x 8 lines) can be operated simultaneously on this card.

Additional features include:

• B8ZS or AMI line coding

• ANSI T1.408 extended superframe format line framing

• Each interface configurable as a single port (FRSM-8T1) or up to 24 ports (FRSM-8T1-C) running at full line rate, at 56 kbps, or n x 64 kbps

• LOS, OOF, AIS, RAI alarms

• Transmitter loop-timed to receiver or synchronized to shelf

• Support for 1000 data-link connection identifiers (DLCIs) per card

• BERT and loopback support with SRM

FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-CThe FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C each provide eight E1 interfaces for full-duplex communications at up to 2.044 Mbps per interface, with a total card throughput of 14 Mbps. The physical connectors for each card can be either RJ48 connectors or SMB connectors.

The FRSM-8E1 supports fractional and unchannelized E1 port selection on a per-E1 basis.

The FRSM-8E1-C allows full DS0 and n x DS0 channelization of the E1s for a maximum of 248 ports per card. Up to 248 DS0 ports (31 channels x 8 lines) can be operated simultaneously on this card.


• HDB3 or AMI line coding

• ITU G.704 16-frame multiframe line framing and clear channel E1

• Each interface configurable as a single port (FRSM-8E1) or up to 31 ports (FRSM-8E1-C) running at full line rate, at 56 kbps, or n x 64 kbps

• LOS, OOF, AIS, RAI alarms

• Transmitter loop-timed to receiver or synchronized to shelf

• Support for 1000 DLCIs per card

• BERT and loopback support with SRM



Chapter 1 IntroductionFRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2T3E3When using the BNC-2T3 back card with the FRSM-2T3E3, two unchannelized T3 interfaces are provided for full-duplex communications at up to 44.736 Mbps per interface, adding up to a total card throughput of 89.472 Mbps. The physical connector for each line on the BNC-2T3 back card is a BNC connector with dual female 75-ohm BNC coaxial connectors per port (separate RX and TX).

When using the BNC-2E3 back card with the FRSM-2T3E3, two unchannelized E3 interfaces are provided for full-duplex communications at up to 34.368 Mbps per interface, adding up to a total card throughput of 68.736 Mbps. The physical connector for each line on the BNC-2E3 back card is a BNC connector with dual female 75-ohm BNC coaxial connectors per port (separate RX and TX).

In addition to clear channel support, the FRSM-2T3E3 supports proprietary subrate and scrambling features of the T3/E3 DSU vendors Digital Link and ADC Kentrox. T3/E3 BERT and extended loopback pattern generation/verification are also supported.

The FRSM-2T3E3 supports a maximum of 2 logical ports and 2000 DLCIs per card.

Additional T3 interface features include:

• B3ZS line coding

• Pulse shape conforming to ANSI T1.102.1993

• C-bit parity and M13 line framing formats

• LOS, OOF, AIS, RAI, FEBE alarm detection/generation support

Additional E3 interface features include:

• HDB3 line coding

• Pulse shape conforming to ITU G.703

• ITU G.751 line framing formats


FRSM-2CT3The FRSM-2CT3 provides two channelized T3 interfaces for full-duplex communications at up to 44.736 Mbps per interface, adding up to a total card throughput of 89.472 Mbps. Each T3 interface supports 28 T1 lines, for a total of 56 T1 lines per card. The physical connector for each line is an BNC connector with dual female 75-ohm BNC coaxial connectors per port (separate RX and TX).

The FRSM-2CT3 supports high-density n x DS0 and DS1 frame services. Up to 1344 DS0 ports or 56 channelized T1 lines can be operated simultaneously on this card

Maximum of 256 logical ports supported where each port speed can vary from 56 kbps to 1.536 kbps.


• B8ZS line coding

• Pulse shape conforming to ANSI T1.102.1993

• C-bit parity and M13 line framing formats

• Support for 4000 DLCIs per card

• T3 BERT is supported with SRM




Chapter 1 IntroductionFRSM-HS2/B

FRSM-HS2/BThe FRSM-HS2/B can be used with one of two back cards, each of which supports a different interface type and port count. The following subsections introduce the physical layer features of the FRSM-HS2/B when used with the different back cards.

FRSM-HS2/B with Eight X.21 or V.35 InterfacesWhen used with the MGX-12IN1-8S back card, the FRSM-HS2/B card provides eight X.21 or V.35 interfaces, each of which can support a maximum throughput of 8 Mbps, adding up to a total card throughput of 64 Mbps.


• Serial line rate selection from 48 Kbps to 8.192 Mbps in multiples of 1000

• DCE or DTE selection on a per-port basis

• Support for 4000 DLCIs and 8 logical ports per card

• Support for per-VC queueing on ingress with closed-loop traffic management

• Support for two priority levels of egress port queues for data traffic

• DCE and DTE loopbacks

• For DTE interfaces, the clock frequency threshold percentage is configurable (1–5 percent) with a default value of 3 percent.

FRSM-HS2/B with Two HSSI InterfacesWhen used with the MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card, the FRSM-HS2/B card provides 2 HSSI interfaces, each of which can support a maximum throughput of 52 Mbps, adding up to a total card throughput of 104 Mbps.


• Serial line rate selection from 48 Kbps to 52 Mbps in multiples of 1000

• DCE or DTE selection on a per-port basis

• Support for 2000 DLCIs and 2 logical ports per card

• Support for per-VC queueing on ingress with closed-loop traffic management

• Support for five classes of service with four priority queues (high-priority, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR/ABR, UBR) for egress data traffic

• DCE and DTE loopbacks

• For DTE interfaces, the clock frequency threshold percentage is configurable (1–5 percent) with a default value of 3 percent.

The FRSM-HS2/B supports both DCE and DTE modes with line rates between 48 Kbps to 51.84 Mbps for HSSI interface and 48Kbps to 8.192 Mbps for v.35/x.21 interface.



Chapter 1 IntroductionService Resource Module (SRM) Support

Service Resource Module (SRM) SupportThe Cisco MGX switch supports both 1:1 and 1:N redundancy for service modules. The 1:N redundancy feature requires that a Service Resource Module (SRM) card be installed on the MGX switch. Two models of the SRM are supported on the Cisco MGX switches in this release, the SRM-3T3/C and the SRME.

The SRM manages Bulk Mode Distribution with 1:N Redundancy, Non-Bulk Mode 1:N Redundancy, and BERT functions on FRSM lines and ports. Cards that have the T1 or E1 access lines physically connected to their back cards are in non-bulk mode. Cards that receive T1 or E1 access lines from the SRM across the backplane of the switch are in bulk mode.

For non-bulk mode cards 1:N redundancy uses the redundancy bus on the backplane to pass the user traffic from the back card of the failed primary card to the active secondary front card. In non-bulk mode, multiple 1:N redundancy groups can be defined but an active backup operation is permitted in only one of the groups in a given bay at any given time. In this mode, a back card is not required for the SRM.

For cards in bulk mode, the distribution bus is used to pass the user traffic to the secondary card. In bulk distribution mode, multiple 1:N redundancy groups can be defined. Because the distribution bus can handle multiple traffic flows, multiple secondary cards can be active at the same time.

The SRM-3T3/C is supported on the Cisco MGX 8830 and the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) switches providing redundancy services and managing T3 to T1 line distribution on the shelf using the BNC-3T3-M back card. The SRM-3T3/C T1 line distribution feature has the following capabilities and limitations:

• Supports up to 80 T1 lines from three T3 lines on the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) per bay. Line distribution is not supported in slots 9, 10, 25, and 26.

• Supports up to 64 T1 lines from three T3 lines on the Cisco MGX 8830. Line distribution is supported in all 8 service module slots.

• A service module should have all T1 lines coming from the SRM-3T3/C or all T1 lines coming from the back card of the service module. If you link just one T1 channel on a service module to the SRM-3T3/C, the back card on the service module becomes inoperative.

• If bulk T1 line distribution is in use, service module back cards are not required.

The SRME is supported on the Cisco MGX 8830 and the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) switches providing redundancy services and managing OC-3/STM-1 to T1/E1 line distribution on the shelf using the SMFIR-1-155 and STM1-EL-1 back cards. The SRME T1 and E1 line distribution feature has the following capabilities and limitations:

• Supports either 84 T1 lines or 63 E1 lines from one OC-3/STM-1 line on the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45). Line distribution is supported in all 12 service module slots.

• Supports either 64 T1 lines or 63 E1 lines from one OC-3/STM-1 line on the Cisco MGX 8830. Line distribution is supported in all 8 service module slots.

• In a given bay on the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), the mixing of T1 and E1 line distribution is not supported. If you want to set up both T1 and E1 line distribution you must install all T1 service modules in one bay and all E1 service modules in the other bay. On the Cisco MGX 8830 you must choose either T1 or E1 line distribution.

• VT1.5 extraction and distribution of T1 from the Sonet (OC-3/STS-3) interface (North America).

• VC11 extraction and distribution of T1 from the SDH (STM-1) interface (Japan).

• VC12 extraction and distribution of E1 from the SDH (STM-1) interface (Rest of the world).



Chapter 1 IntroductionService Resource Module (SRM) Support

• A service module should have all T1 or E1 lines coming from the SRME or all T1 or E1 lines coming from the back card of the service module. If you link just one T1 or E1 channel on a service module to the SRME, the back card on the service module becomes inoperative.

• If bulk line distribution is in use, service module back card are not required.

Card redundancy, bulk distribution, and BERT support for the FRSM card is summarized in Table 1-3. When consulting this table, remember that the SRME supports bulk distribution of both T1 and E1 lines, whereas the SRM-3T3/C supports bulk distribution of only T1 lines.

For more information on BERT, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

For instructions on how to set up and configure a Cisco MGX switch for card redundancy, line redundancy, bulk distribution, and BERT refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4.

Table 1-3 Card Redundancy, Bulk Distribution, and BERT support for FRSM cards

Front Card1:N Redundancy with SRM

1:1 Redundancy with Y-cable

Bulk Distribution Support BERT Support

FRSM-8T1E1 Yes No Yes Yes, with SRM

FRSM-8T1E1-C Yes No Yes Yes, with SRM

FRSM-2CT3 No Yes No Yes, with SRM

FRSM-2T3E3 No Yes No Yes

FRSM-HS2/B No Yes No No




C H A P T E R 2
Provisioning Communications Links
This chapter describes how to bring up Frame Relay communications on the physical ports of the FRSM cards using the command-line interface (CLI).

Note FRSM cards, lines, and ports can also be configured using the CiscoView application. Refer to the CiscoView documentation for the directions.

Note The easiest way to add connections is by using the Cisco WAN Manager application. For full details on how to set up a connection through the Cisco WAN Manager GUI, refer to the Cisco WAN Manager User’s Guide.

This chapter explains how to provision the link and connection types described in Table 2-1.

To eliminate redundancy and help experienced users complete configuration tasks quickly and efficiently, this chapter provides configuration quickstart procedures.

Table 2-1 Link and Connection Types Applicable to FRSM Cards

FRSM Link and Connection Type Description

Lines Lines establish physical layer connectivity between a FRSM port and the same port type (T1, for example) on another device.

Frame Relay ports Frame Relay ports establish Frame Relay communications over a line to Frame Relay customer premises equipment (CPE).

FRSM-to-FRSM SPVCs Soft permanent virtual circuits (SPVCs) are permanent connections that can be rerouted in the event of a link failure. A FRSM-to-FRSM SPVC establishes a connection between two FRSM ports. Such ports can be on the same card, on different cards in the same switch, or on different cards in different switches.

FRSM-to-Non-FRSM SPVCs A FRSM-to-non-FRSM SPVC establishes a connection between a FRSM port and a port on a non-FRSM card such as an AUSM, RPM, or AXSM card. Such ports can be on different cards in the same switch or on different cards in different switches.


Chapter 2 Provisioning Communications LinksPreparing for Provisioning

The first time you configure a connection type, use the applicable quickstart procedure to get an overview of the tasks to be performed. Then, for more detailed instructions, consult the appropriate section(s) elsewhere in the document that are called out in the quickstart procedure. As you gain experience in configuring FRSM card connections, referring to a quickstart procedure may suffice for performing a particular configuration task.

Tip You can get information about most CLI commands by entering the command without parameters. Ordinarily, experienced users can configure FRSM card connections using just the quickstart procedures and the online help facilities.

Note For a detailed description of the commands used in this chapter, refer to Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference.”

Preparing for ProvisioningWhen a FRSM card is first installed, it must be initialized before you can start configuration. The FRSM cards support card and line redundancy, and the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C cards support card redundancy and bulk distribution through Service Resource Module (SRM) cards. Before you begin provisioning connections, you need to initialize the cards you plan to provision, and then you should configure the card and line redundancy options. Otherwise, you may have to change your configuration later to support these options.

For an overview of the features the SRM card provides to the FRSM, see Chapter 1, “Introduction.”

For instructions on initializing cards and configuring card and line redundancy, refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4.

Quickstart Provisioning ProceduresThe following sections contain abbreviated procedures for provisioning the communications capabilities of FRSM cards installed in MGX 8850 and 8830 Release 4 switches. These procedures provide a high level overview and reminder for users already experienced in configuring MGX switches.



Chapter 2 Provisioning Communications LinksQuickstart Provisioning Procedures

FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-HS2/B Line Configuration QuickstartTo prepare FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-HS2/B lines for communications with customer premises equipment (CPE), perform the following steps:

FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 Line Configuration QuickstartTo prepare FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 lines for communications with customer premises equipment (CPE), perform the following steps:

Command Purpose

Step 1 username

<password>

Start a configuration session.

Note To perform the steps in this quickstart procedure, you must log in as a user with GROUP1 privileges or higher.

Step 2 addln <line>addln <line> <interface_type>

Related commands:dsplnsdspln <line>delln <line>

Bring up a line. The interface_type parameter is required for FRSM-HS2/B lines.

This step establishes physical layer connectivity between an MGX switch and a Frame Relay device.

See the “Bringing Up Lines” section that appears later in this chapter.

Step 3 cnfln <options>

Related commands:dsplnsdspln <line>delln <line>

This optional step allows you to change a line configuration when the default or existing configuration needs changing.

See the “Configuring FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-HS2/B Lines” section that appears later in this chapter.

Command Purpose

Step 1 username

<password>


Note To perform the steps in this quickstart procedure, you must log in as a user with GROUP1 privileges or higher.

Step 2 addln <line>

Related commands:dspds3lnsdspds3ln <line>delln <line>

Bring up a line.

This step establishes physical layer connectivity between an MGX switch and a Frame Relay device.

See the “Bringing Up Lines” section that appears later in this chapter.

Step 3 cnfds3ln <options>

Related commands:dspds3lnsdspds3ln <line>delln <line>

This optional step allows you to change a line configuration when the default or existing configuration needs changing.

See the “Configuring FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 Lines” section that appears later in this chapter.




Frame Relay Port Configuration QuickstartFrame Relay ports connect an MGX 8850 or MGX 8830 switch to CPE Frame Relay devices (which, in most cases, are routers).

Note The equipment at both ends of a Frame Relay line must be configured with compatible settings in order for the link to be logically completed.

To configure a Frame Relay port on a FRSM card, perform the following steps:

FRSM-to-FRSM SPVC Configuration QuickstartA soft permanent virtual circuit (SPVC), a variant of a permanent virtual circuit (PVC), can be rerouted using the Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI) Version 1.0 protocol.

Both PVCs and SPVCs are full-time connections. However, a PVC uses a predefined circuit path that fails altogether if that path is interrupted for any reason. Conversely, if a link along an SPVC path fails or that link cannot provide the required bandwidth to support the connection, the PNNI protocol reroutes that link to maintain the connection and to supply the necessary bandwidth.

Command Purpose

Step 1 username

<password>


Note To perform all the steps in this quickstart procedure, you must log in as a user with GROUP1 privileges or higher.

Step 2 addln <line> Prepare a FRSM line for communications.

See “FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-HS2/B Line Configuration Quickstart,” or “FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 Line Configuration Quickstart,” both of which appears earlier in this chapter.

Step 3 addport <options>

Related commands:dspport <port>

dspports

Add a Frame Relay port.

This step establishes Frame Relay communications between two Frame Relay devices.

See the “Adding Frame Relay Ports” section that appears later in this chapter.




To configure an SPVC between two FRSM card ports (on the same card in a switch, on different cards in the same switch, or on cards in different switches), perform the following steps:

FRSM-to-Non-FRSM SPVC Configuration QuickstartWhen creating an SPVC between a FRSM card and a non-FRSM card (such as an AUSM, RPM, or AXSM card), you must define both ends of the connection, just as you would for a FRSM-to-FRSM connection. The difference is that you will have to refer to the documentation for the non-FRSM product for information on configuring the connection endpoint.

Command Purpose

Step 1 username

<password>



Step 2 Refer to the software configuration guides for the switches between the two FRSM cards to be connected. See the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4.

Configure the trunks that link the switch(es) that host(s) the FRSM card ports.

Verify PNNI connectivity between the nodes that host the SPVC endpoints.

Step 3 See the “Frame Relay Port Configuration Quickstart” section that appears earlier in this chapter.

Configure the Frame Relay port at each end of the SPVC you are creating.

Step 4 addcon <options>

Related commands:dspconsdspcon <port.DLCI>

Configure the slave side of the SPVC (if you are configuring a double-ended SPVC).

See the “Configuring SPVCs on FRSM Cards” section that appears later in this chapter.



Configure the master side of the SPVC.

Note In this release, the FRSM cards cannot host the master side of a single-ended SPVC.

See the “Configuring SPVCs on FRSM Cards” section that appears later in this chapter.



Chapter 2 Provisioning Communications LinksGeneral FRSM Provisioning Procedures

To configure an SPVC between a FRSM card and a non-FRSM card, perform the following steps:

General FRSM Provisioning ProceduresThis section describes the following procedures for configuring FRSM card communications:

• Bringing Up Lines

• Configuring FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-HS2/B Lines

• Configuring FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 Lines

• Adding Frame Relay Ports

• Configuring SPVCs on FRSM Cards

Command Purpose

Step 1 username

<password>



Step 2 Refer to the software configuration guides for the switches between the two FRSM cards to be connected. See the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4.

Configure the trunks that link the switch(es) that host(s) the FRSM card ports.

Verify PNNI connectivity between the nodes that host the SPVC endpoints.

Step 3 See the “Frame Relay Port Configuration Quickstart” section that appears earlier in this chapter.

Configure the Frame Relay port at the FRSM card end of the SPVC you are creating.



Configure the slave side of the SPVC (if you are configuring a double-ended SPVC).

If the slave side of the connection is on the FRSM card, see the “Configuring SPVCs on FRSM Cards” section that appears later in this chapter.

If the slave side of the connection is on a non-FRSM card, refer to the documentation for that card.



Configure the master side of the SPVC.

Note In this release, the FRSM cards cannot host the master side of a single-ended SPVC.

If the master side of the connection is on the FRSM card, see the “Configuring SPVCs on FRSM Cards” section that appears later in this chapter.

If the master side of the connection is on a non-FRSM card, refer to the documentation for that card.




Bringing Up LinesInstalling a FRSM card can add up to 8 physical lines to your switch. You must bring up a line before you can configure it or provision Frame Relay services on the line.

Before a line is brought up, or after it is brought down, the switch does not monitor the line. Prior to bringing up a line, the FRSM port status light for the line is unlit, and all line alarms are cleared.

When you bring up a line on a FRSM card, the switch starts monitoring the line. The FRSM card port status light turns green when physical layer connectivity is established with a remote device. If a physical layer communications problem occurs, the port status light turns red, and an alarm is reported.

Tip To minimize the number of alarms reported and to reduce the frequency of failed port status lamps (which display red), it is recommended that you keep lines down until they are actually needed for communication.

To bring up a FRSM line on an MGX switch, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Establish a configuration session using a user name with GROUP 1 privileges or higher.

Step 2 Select the FRSM card on which you want to bring up a line by issuing the cc command, as shown below:

PXM1E_SJ.1.7.PXM.a > cc <slotnumber>

Replace the <slotnumber> parameter with the number of the slot in which the FRSM card is installed.

Step 3 To activate a line on the FRSM card, enter the addln command as shown below:

PXM1E_SJ.1.1.FRSM.a > addln <line> <interface_type>

Replace the <line> parameter with the number corresponding to the back card port to which the line is connected. Table 2-2 lists the valid line numbers for the FRSM cards.

The <interface_type> parameter only applies when you are using the FRSM-HS2/B card with the 12IN1-8S back card. For the 12IN1-8S back card, specify X.21 as the interface type. If you are using the SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card, the default value, V.35, applies.

Table 2-2 FRSM Card Types

Front Card Valid Line Numbers

FRSM-8T1 1 to 8

FRSM-8T1-C 1 to 8

FRSM-8E1 1 to 8

FRSM-8E1-C 1 to 8

FRSM-2CT3 1 to 2

FRSM-2T3E3 1 to 2

FRSM-HS2/B 1 to 2 with HSSI 1 to 8 with 12IN1-8S




Step 4 To display the current configuration for all lines on FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-HS2/B cards, enter the dsplns command:

PXM1E_SJ.1.1.FRSM.a > dsplns

Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Type Source Alarm ---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- ----- 1.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No 1.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No 1.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No 1.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim

LineNumOfValidEntries: 8

The dsplns command report can be different for different card types. When a line has been successfully brought up, the status column reports the line status as Enabled or Ena.

The alarm state indicates whether the line is communicating with a remote switch. When the alarm state is blank or is reported as No, it indicates that the physical devices at each end of the line have established physical layer communications. Higher-layer connectivity is established later when ports are configured on the FRSM card lines.

Step 5 To display the current configuration for all T3 or E3 lines on FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 cards, enter the dspds3lns command:

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > dspds3lns

Line Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Source Alarm ---- ---- ------ ------ ------- -------- ----- ----- 4.1 c-bit Enable/dsx3B3ZS LT225ft localClk Yes Yes 4.2 c-bit Disabl/dsx3B3ZS LT225ft localClk


PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a >

To display the current configuration for all 56 channelized T1 lines on the FRSM-2CT3 card, enter the dsplns command.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dsplns

Line Type Status XmtClock LoopBack Alarm Stats Source Alarm ---- ---- ------ ------- -------- ----- ----- 9.1 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.2 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.3 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.4 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.5 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.6 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.7 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.8 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.9 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.10 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.11 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.12 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.13 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.14 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No




9.15 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.16 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.17 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.18 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.19 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.20 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.21 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.22 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.23 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.24 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.25 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.26 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.27 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.28 dsx1ESF Ena LocalTimin NoLoop No No 9.29 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.30 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.31 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.32 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.33 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.34 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.35 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.36 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.37 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.38 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.39 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.40 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.41 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.42 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.43 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.44 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.45 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.46 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.47 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.48 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.49 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.50 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.51 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.52 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.53 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.54 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.55 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop 9.56 dsx1ESF Dis LocalTimin NoLoop


M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >

When a line has been successfully brought up, the status column reports the line status as Enable.

The alarm state indicates whether the line is communicating with a remote switch. When the alarm state is blank or is reported as No, it indicates that the physical devices at each end of the line have established physical layer communications. Higher-layer connectivity is established later when ports are configured on the FRSM card lines.




Configuring FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-HS2/B LinesAll line types are brought up with a default configuration, which may or may not be compatible with the Frame Relay device to which you are connecting. When configuring a FRSM card line, you must ensure that the devices at both ends of the connection are using the same configuration parameters on the shared line.

To configure lines on FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-HS2/B cards, perform the following steps:


Step 2 If you do not know the line number you want to configure on the FRSM card, enter the dsplns command to display the current configuration of all lines on the card:


Remember that you cannot configure a line until you have brought it up, as described earlier in the “Bringing Up Lines” section.

Step 3 To display the configuration information for the particular line that you want to configure, enter a dspln command in the format shown below:

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > dspln 2

LineNum: 2 LineConnectorType: RJ-48 LineType: dsx1ESF LineEnable: Enabled LineCoding: dsx1B8ZS LineLength: 0-131 ft LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineSendCode: NoCode LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x400 LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled LineBertEnable: Disable


This sample dspln command shows the configuration parameters of a T1 line for a FRSM-8T1-C card that is installed in slot 25.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspln 1

LineNum: 1 LineEnable: Modify LineType: DCE LineRate: 8192000 bps LineLoopbackCommand: v35Metallic LineSendCode: NoCode LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectEnabled LineClockType: nonInvertedAndNotLooped LineInterfaceType: X.21 DTEClkFrequencyThreshold: 3 LineRateVariaton: 0 ppm


This sample dspln command shows the configuration parameters of a line for a FRSM-HS2/B card that is installed in slot 11.




Step 4 To configure a line on a FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 card, enter a cnfln command in the format shown below:

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > cnfln <line_num> <line_code> <line_len> <clk_src> [E1-signalling]

Table 2-3 lists and describes the parameters that you use in configuring T1 and E1 lines on a FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 card.

Step 5 To configure a line on a FRSM-HS2/B card, enter a cnfln command in the format shown below:

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <serial_line_rate> [-intrtyp <interface_type>] [-freqth <dte_freq_thr>]

Table 2-3 lists and describes the parameters that you use in configuring lines on a FRSM-HS2/B card.

Table 2-3 Line Parameters for cnfln Command

Parameter Description

line_num Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to display the available lines.

line_code Select the line coding:

• B8ZS (T1) = 2

• HDB3 (E1) = 3

• AMI (T1/E1) = 4

line_len Enter the length of the line:

• T1 range:

– 0 to 131 feet = 10

– 131 to 262 feet = 11

– 262 to 393 feet = 12

– 393 to 524 feet = 13

– 524 to 655 feet = 14

– >655 feet = 15

• E1 (with SMB line module) = 8

• E1 (with RJ48 line module) = 9

clk_src Dsx1 clock source.

• 1 = loop clock

• 2 = local clock

E1-signalling This option selects E1 signalling methods. Enter the keyword for the signalling combination listed below:

• CAS, no CRC = CAS

• CAS with CRC = CAS_CRC

• CCS, no CRC = CCS

• CCS, with CRC = CCS_CRC

• Clear E1 = CLEAR




Step 6 To verify the line configuration changes made above, enter a dspln command for the appropriate line.

Configuring FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 LinesAll line types are brought up with a default configuration, which may or may not be compatible with the Frame Relay device to which you are connecting. When configuring a FRSM card line, you must ensure that the devices at both ends of the connection are using the same configuration parameters on the shared line.

To configure lines on FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 cards, perform the following steps:


Step 2 If you do not know the line number you want to configure on the FRSM card, enter the dspds3lns command to display the current configuration of all lines on the card:




line_type For FRSM-2CT3 cards, select the line type from the following:

• 1 = dsx1 ESF

• 2 = dsx1 D4

Select the line type from the following:

• DTE = 1

• DCE = 2

• DTE_ST (V.35 only) = 3

serial_line_rate Specify a serial line rate from the following ranges in multiples of 1000:

• HSSI: 48000 to 51840000 bps

• V.35/X.21: 48000 to 8192000 bps

-intrtyp This option selects the interface type when the MGX-12IN1-8S back card is used with the FRSM-HS2/B card. Select from the following options:

• X.21 = 2

• V.35 = 3 (default)

-freqth This option sets the DTE/DTE ST clock threshold. The range is 1 to 5 percent. The default value is 3 percent.

Table 2-3 Line Parameters for cnfln Command (continued)





Remember that you cannot configure a line until you have brought it up, as described earlier in the “Bringing Up Lines” section.

Step 3 To display the configuration information for the particular line that you want to configure, enter a dspds3ln command in the format shown below:

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > dspds3ln 1

LineNum: 1 LineEnable: Enabled LineType: c-bit LineCoding: dsx3B3ZS LineLength: LT225ft LineOOFCriteria: 3 out of 8 LineAIScBitsCheck: Ignore C-bits LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineRcvFEACValidation: 4 out of 5 FEAC codes LineXmitClockSource: localClk LineEqualizer: internal equalizer


This sample dspds3ln command shows the configuration parameters of a E3 line for a FRSM-2T3E3 card that is installed in slot 20.

Step 4 To configure T3 and E3 lines on FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3 cards, enter the cnfds3ln command in the format shown below:

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > cnfds3ln <line_num> <line_type> <line_len> <clk_src>

Table 2-4 lists and describes the parameters that you use in configuring T3 and E3 lines on a FRSM card.

Step 5 To configure the channelized T1 lines on the FRSM-2CT3 card, enter the cnfln command in the format shown below:

Table 2-4 Line Parameters for cnfds3ln Command


line_num Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dspds3lns command to display the available lines.

line_type Type of line to be configured.

• 1 = C-bit parity

• 2 = g832_g804

• 3 = M13

• 4 = g751

line_len Length of line.

• 1 = less than 225 feet

• 2 = greater than 225 feet

clk_src DSX3 clock source.

• 1 = backplane clock (2E3 only)

• 2 = recovery clock (2T3 and 2E3 only)

• 3 = local clock (2CT3, 2T3, and 2E3)




M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <clk_src>

Table 2-3 lists and describes the parameters that you use in configuring T1 lines on a FRSM card.

Step 6 To verify the line configuration changes made above, enter a dspds3ln command for the appropriate line.

Adding Frame Relay PortsThe “Bringing Up Lines” section that appears earlier in this chapter describes how to bring up physical lines by specifying the correct line port number. Line ports correspond to the line connectors on the back cards of an MGX 8850 switch.

Bringing up a line establishes physical layer connectivity between two network devices. When you add a Frame Relay port to a line, you enable Frame Relay communications by means of that line.

Regardless of the card type or physical characteristics of a port (speed, timeslots, and so on), each port can be configured as the following:

• Frame Relay port. This is a port that sends and receives standard Frame Relay frames as defined by ITU-T Q.922. Multiple virtual circuits (VCs) can terminate on a single Frame Relay port and are differentiated by their data-link connection identifiers (DLCIs).

• Frame-based user-network interface (FUNI) ports. This is a port that sends and receives standard FUNI frames. FUNI frames are similar to Frame Relay frames and are designed to interwork with ATM interfaces. Like a Frame Relay port, a FUNI port supports multiple virtual circuits (VCs) terminating on a single Frame Relay port and are differentiated by their data-link connection identifiers (DLCIs).

• Frame Forwarding port. This is a port that sends and receives frame-based traffic that is similar to Frame Relay frames such as HDLC, SDLC, and X.25. Because the port is unable to read the address and control information in the frame, all traffic must be forwarded to a single destination frame forwarding port. Only one frame forwarding VC is allowed per port.

The FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 cards support channelized Frame Relay ports. Channelized FRSMs can support up to 24 (T1) or 31 (E1) Frame Relay ports per line. At the customer premises site, a Frame Relay Access Device (FRAD) is attached to a time-division multiplexer (TDM) that aggregates multiple subrate traffic streams onto a single T1 or E1 line. Channelized ports are associated with one or more consecutive timeslots on the line.

The FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards support fractional Frame Relay ports. On a fractional (unchannelized) FRSM, each line can support only a single port. The end-user equipment either uses an entire bandwidth of the T1 or E1 interface, or uses multiple timeslots on the T1 or E1 line. Like channelized Frame Relay ports, fractional ports are defined by consecutive timeslots on the line.

The FRSM-HS2/B card supports serial Frame Relay ports. A serial port is associated with a single line, and its speed is defined by the line rate. Although a T3 or E3 line is not strictly serial, the FRSM-2T3E3 card supports port provisioning like other serial ports.

To add a Frame Relay port to a line, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Establish a configuration session using a user name with GROUP1 privileges or higher.

Step 2 Determine the line number on which you intend to add the Frame Relay port. To do so, enter the dsplns command for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B cards, or enter the dspds3lns command for FRSM-2T3E3 cards.




Step 3 Verify that the port number you want to use is not already in use. To display a list of the configured ports on the FRSM card, enter the following command:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspports

Port Ena/Speed EQServ SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 Type Alarm ELMI Ratio -------- --- ----- ------ ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- ----- ---- 30.1.1 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 30.2.2 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 30.7.7 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 30.8.8 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel Yes Off

Number of ports: 4

PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00ffffff PortNumNextAvailable: 3

This example shows the command display for a FRSM-8T1-C card. This command displays all the port numbers configured on the FRSM card in the Port column. The port numbers in the Port column appear in the format slot.line.port, so the port number is the number that appears after the last period. When you add a port, you must specify a unique port number. For example, if port number 2 is assigned to line 2, you cannot use port 2 on any other line on that FRSM card.

Note The FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 cards are the only cards that support multiple ports on the same line. You can add just one port per line for the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-2T3E3, and FRSM-HS2/B cards.

Step 4 To add a Frame Relay port to a FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, or FRSM-2CT3 card, enter the following command:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>

Table 2-5 lists and describes the addport command parameters.

Step 5 To add a Frame Relay port to a FRSM-2T3E3 or FRSM-HS2/B card, enter the following command:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > addport <port_num> <line_num> <port_type>

Table 2-5 lists and describes the addport command parameters.




Table 2-5 Parameters for addport Command

Parameter or Option Description

port_num Port number for the Frame Relay service. The port number range varies with the card type:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C range: 1–192

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C range: 1–248

• FRSM-2T3E3 range: 1–2

• FRSM-2CT3 range: 1-256

• FRSM-HS2/B range: 1–2 with HSSI back card

• FRSM-HS2/B range: 1–8 with 12IN1-8S back card

Tip The nonchannelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards only support one port per line, so you might want to limit the port numbers to 1-8 for easier identification.

Note On the FRSM-2CT3, only 128 ports can be added per T3 line. In addition, FREEDM chip resources are distributed across the two T3 lines. Use the dspfdminfo command to monitor the allocation of these resources when adding ports.

line_num Line number to which the port definition applies. The line number range varies with the card type:




• FRSM-2CT3 range: 1-56 (Channelized T1s)



ds0_speed This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports and sets the bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0:

• 1 = 56 Kbps

• 2 = 64 Kbps

Note When adding a port to an E1 line configured with CLEAR signalling, only use the 64 Kbps option.




The following addport command example defines Frame Relay port 1 on T1 line 1 in slot 11. Because this is a nonchannelized card, slots 1 through 24 are assigned to this port.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > addport 1 1 1 1 24 1

The next addport command example defines Frame Relay port 1 on the channelized T1 line 1 in slot 30. Slots 1 through 4 are assigned to port 1.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > addport 1 1 1 1 4 1

Step 6 To display the configuration information for a specific port, enter the following command:

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > dspport <port>

begin_slot This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports and selects the starting DS0 time slot for port communications within the T1 or E1 frame. Valid slot numbers are:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 range: 1–24

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C range:

– With CAS line signalling: 2–16, 18-32 (Slot 1 is reserved for framing and slot 17 is reserved for signalling)

– With CCS line signalling: 2–32 (Slot 1 is reserved for framing)

– With CLEAR line signalling: 1

Tip The nonchannelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards only support one port per line. Therefore, you should enter 1 (for the FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 with CLEAR signalling) or 2 (for the FRSM-8E1 with CAS or CCS signalling) for the starting slot if you want to use the full bandwidth of the line.

num_slot This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports and determines the number of consecutive DS0 time slots for this port within the T1 or E1 frame. Valid slot numbers are:



– With CAS line signalling: 1-30

– With CCS line signalling: 1-31


Tip The nonchannelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards only support one port per line. Therefore, you should enter the maximum slot number (either 24, 30, 31, or 32) if you want to use the full bandwidth of the line. (E1 lines with CLEAR line signalling only support the full 32 time slots.)

port_type Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.

• 1 = Frame Relay UNI or NNI

• 2 = ATM Forum FUNI mode 1A

• 3 = Frame forwarding (no translation or mapping of header contents, CRC evaluated)

Table 2-5 Parameters for addport Command (continued)

Parameter or Option Description




Replace the <port> parameter with the number assigned to the port during configuration.

The following example shows the output of a dspport command for port number 8:

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > dspport 8

SlotNum: 25 PortLineNum: 8 PortNum: 8 PortRowStatus: Add PortDs0Speed: 56k PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1) PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1 PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1 PortSpeed: 1344kbps SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15 N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: FailedDuetoLineFailure PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 0 portType: funi-mode-1a PortIngrPercentUtil: 0 PortEgrPercentUtil: 0 PortOversubscribed: False PortSvcStatus: Disable PortSvcInUse: Not In-Use PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based PortSvcLcnLow: 0 PortSvcLcnHigh: 0 PortSvcDlciLow: 0 PortSvcDlciHigh: 0

PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00ffffff PortNumNextAvailable: 1

Tip To change the port configuration, use the cnfport and xcnfport commands. To delete the port configuration, enter the delport command. For more information about these commands, refer to Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference”.




Configuring SPVCs on FRSM CardsFRSM SPVCs are created between one Frame Relay port and another Frame Relay port. Each SPVC has two endpoints. The master endpoint is responsible for routing and rerouting functions. The slave endpoint is responsible for responding to requests from the master during connection setup and rerouting. Both endpoints are configured on the switch or switches to which the Frame Relay CPE connects. Such endpoints can be on the same switch or on different switches.

The master/slave relationship exists for each SPVC and applies only to that SPVC connection. For example, you can have one SPVC with a master on Node A and a slave on Node B, and then create another SPVC with the master on Node B and the slave on Node A. It is good practice to distribute the master side of SPVCs among network nodes so that route processing functions can be distributed.

You can create two types of SPVCs on a FRSM cards:

• Single-ended SPVCs

• Double-ended SPVCs

Single-ended SPVCs are defined at the master endpoint and do not require configuration of a slave endpoint. The primary benefit of single-ended SPVCs is that they are easier to configure. After configuration, the master endpoint configures and brings up the slave endpoint. In order for this feature to work correctly, the destination endpoint must support single-ended SPVCs.

Note In this software release, the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B cards support only the slave side of single-ended SPVCs. This means that you can configure master endpoints for single-ended SPVCs on other devices that support this feature, but you cannot create a single-ended SPVC by defining a master endpoint on a FRSM card. If both SPVC endpoints must terminate on FRSM cards, you must create a double-ended SPVC.

Double-ended SPVCs require separate configuration of the master and slave endpoints. The slave endpoint must be configured first because this step generates a slave address that must be entered during master endpoint configuration.

The following sections describe how to configure slave and master SPVC connections.

Configuring the Slave Side of SPVCs

If you wish to configure a double-ended SPVC connection, you must first configure the slave endpoint for the connection. If you are configuring a single-ended SPVC, you need not configure a slave endpoint.

To configure the slave side of a double-ended SPVC, perform the following steps:


Step 2 Define the slave side of the SPVC by entering the following addcon command:

PXM1E_SJ.VHSHS2B.a > addcon <port_number> <DLCI> <CIR> [-cntp <ChanIntworkingType>] [-contp <ControllerType>] [-sertp <ServiceClassTtype>] [-master <MasterShip>] [-pcr <localPCR>] [-scr <localSCR>] [-abrpcr <ABRPCR>] [-abrmcr <ABRMCR>] [-ingut <IngrPercentUtil>] [-ovrid <OvrSubOvrRide>] [-egrat <EgrSrvRate>] [-egut <EgrPercentUtil>] [-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-demap <DEtoCLPmap>] [-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>] [-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>] [-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>] [-eqecn <EgressQECNThresh>] [-cos <ATMConnServiceType>] [-maxcost <MaxCost>] [-type <restrictedType>] [-rtngprio <RoutingPriority>] [-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>]




[-directrte <DirectedRoute>][-rpcr <RemotePCR>] [-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>] [-rcbs <RemoteMaxBurstSize>] [-admin <ConnAdminStatus>]

Note If the addcon command fails and displays the “Failed to update disk” message, it could be that the PNNI controller has not been added on the PXM1E or PXM45 card. For information on adding the PNNI controller, refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4.

Table 2-6 lists and describes the parameters for the addcon command. The local and remote terms used in this table refer to settings for the local port you are configuring and the remote port at the other end of the connection. If you omit an option, a default value for that option is used for SPVC configuration.

Caution Once you create an SPVC connection, you cannot change the SPVC prefix until all SPVC connections have been deleted. The procedure for changing the SPVC prefix is described in the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4.

Table 2-6 Parameters for the addcon Command


port_number Port number in the range:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 1–192

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 1–248

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256

• FRSM-HS2/B = 1–2 (HSSI back card)

• FRSM-HS2/B = 1–8 (12IN1-8S back card)

DLCI Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value.

Range: 16–1023

CIR Committed information rate (CIR) bps value:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 0–1536000

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 0–2048000

• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000



To calculate the CIR (bps) from cells per second (cps) use the following formula: ( ( (cps * 38400) / 144) + 1) or use the cpstobps command where:

• cps = remote PCR for High Priority (CBR) or UBR

• cps = remote SCR for rtVBR or nrtVBR

• cps = remote MCR for stdABR.




-cntp Channel interworking type. Set this option to one of the following:

• 1 = Frame Relay to ATM Network Interworking (NIW, FRF.5—default)

• 2 = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) transparent (FRF.8, no protocol ID translation)

• 3 = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) translational (FRF.8, protocol ID translation)

• 4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)

• 5 = frame forwarding

-contp Controller type. Select one of the following:

• 1 = PAR

• 2 = PNNI (default)

• 3 = MPLS

-sertp Service class type. Select one of the following service types:

• 1 = High Priority (CBR—default)

• 2 = rtVBR

• 3 = nrtVBR

• 5 = UBR

• 9 = stdABR

-master Mastership role of connection. Select from the following options:

• 1 = master

• 2 = slave (default)

-rmc Remote connection ID. This option is used when defining the master end of a connection. Enter the slave connection ID as it appears after the addcon command is issued. The format is: RemoteNsapAddress.VPI.VCI.

-pcr Local peak cell rate in cells per second (cps):

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 10–10000 cps

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 10–10000 cps

• FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-HS2/B = 10–198412 cps

The default setting is calculated based on the CIR value entered.

-scr Local sustainable cell rate:





Table 2-6 Parameters for the addcon Command (continued)





-abrpcr Peak cell rate for ABR connections:





-abrmcr Minimum cell rate for ABR connections:





-ingut Ingress percent utilization. Range is 1 to 100 percent. Default setting is 100 percent.

-ovrid Over subscription override. To apply CAC, enter -ovrid 1. To ignore CAC, enter -ovrid 2. Default setting does not apply CAC.

-egrat Egress service rate:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 2400–1,536,000 bps

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 2400–2,048,000 bps

• FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-HS2/B = 2400–52,000,000 bps

The default setting is equal to the CIR value entered.

-egut Egress percent utilization. Range is 1 to 100 percent. Default setting is 100 percent.

-bc Burst commit:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 0–65,535 bytes

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 0–65,535 bytes

• FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-HS2/B = 0–2,097,151 bytes


-be Burst excess:





-detag Discard Eligible (DE) tagging. To enable DE tagging, enter -detag 1. To disable, enter -detag 2. The default setting disables DE tagging.






-demap DE to Cell Loss Priority (CLP) mapping. Set this option as follows:

• CLP=DE: -demap 1 (default)

• CLP=0: -demap 2

• CLP=1: -demap 3

-clpmap CLP to DE mapping. Set this option as follows:

• DE=CLP: -clpmap 1 (default)

• DE=0: -clpmap 2

• DE=1: -clpmap 3

• Ignore CLP: -clpmap 4

-iqdet Ingress queue DE threshold:




Default setting is 32767.

-iqecn Ingress queue Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) threshold:





-iqdep Ingress queue depth:





-eqdet Egress queue DE threshold:





-eqdep Egress queue depth:










-eqecn Egress queue ECN threshold:





-cos ATM connection service type. Select from the following:

• CBR1 = 21 (default)

• rtVBR1 = 22

• rtVBR2 = 23

• rtVBR3 = 24

• nrtVBR1 = 25

• nrtVBR2 = 26

• nrtVBR3 = 27

• UBR1 = 28

• UBR2 = 29

• stdABR = 30

-maxcost Maximum end-to-end cost for the connection. Range is 1 to 2,147,483,647. Default setting is 2147483647.

-type Trunk restriction option. To restrict the connection routing to terrestrial trunks, enter -type 2. To restrict the connection routing to satellite trunks, enter -type 3. To enable connection routing without trunk restrictions, enter -type 1. Default setting routes connections with no restrictions.

-rtngprio Routing priority for this connection. Range is 1 to 15. Default setting is 8.

-prefrte Preferred Route ID for this connection. This option assigns a unique identifier for the preferred route to which this connection is associated. When the route ID is set to 0, the connection is not associated with any preferred routes. Range is 0 to 65,535. Default is 0.

-directrte Directed Route option. When this option is yes, the associated preferred route is the only permissible route for the connection to take. Should the directed preferred route be unavailable, the connection is failed. When the option is no, the connection is allowed to try another alternate route should the preferred route be unavailable.

• 1 = Yes

• 2 = No (default)






Tip If you omit one or more of the configuration options when entering the addcon command, the SPVC connection uses the default values listed in Table 2-6, as appropriate. To override the default value for a given option, enter the option with a desired value.

Note You can configure additional ABR parameters with the cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, and cnfchanstdabr commands. You can view ABR parameters with the dspchanstdabr command. For more information about these commands, refer to Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference.”

The following addcon command defines a port as the slave side of an SPVC connection. Note the slave Local Connection ID shown at the end of the display.

PXM1E_SJ.VHSHS2B.a > addcon 1 16 4000

Local Connection ID is : 47009181000000000052190a4e000001075b0100.11.35

PXM1E_SJ.VHSHS2B.a >

-rpcr Remote peak cell rate in cells per second (cps):





-rscr Remote sustainable cell rate:





-rmcr Remote minimum cell rate:





-rcbs Remote maximum burst size. Range is 1 to 5,000,000.

-admin Connection administration status. This option applies only to the FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B cards.

To define the new connection as administratively up, enter -admin 1 or just omit this option. To define a new connection that is administratively down, enter -admin 2.






Step 3 Write down the NSAP address displayed when the addcon command output is completed. You will need the NSAP address to configure the master side of the SPVC connection.

Tip When you set up the master side of the SPVC, you will need to enter the slave ATM address reported by the addcon command. If you maintain the current session or use the session Copy command to copy the ATM address now, you can use the session Paste command to complete the addcon command on the switch that hosts the master side of the SPVC.

Step 4 Verify the addition of the slave side of the SPVC connection by entering the following command, which causes all information for the SPVCs to be displayed:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspcons

LCN Port.DLCI VPI.VCI Class Type M/S CIR DE EgrQ Admin Alarm ---- --------- ------- ------ ----- --- -------- --- ---- ----- ----- 0016 001.0100 30.0119 CBR NIW S 4800 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0017 001.0103 30.0122 CBR NIW S 45000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0018 001.1023 30.1042 CBR NIW S 45000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0019 001.0032 30.0051 CBR NIW M 32000 Dis Hi Up OK

Number of channels: 4

ChanNumNextAvailable: 20

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a >

Step 5 If you add the master side of the SPVC at a later date, you can display the slave connection ID with the dspcon command as shown in the following example. The connection number is specified by entering the port number and DLCI number in the format port.DLCI. The complete slave ID must be entered at the master endpoint in the format ChanLocalNSAP.ChanLocalVpi.ChanLocalVci. These values correspond to dspcon parameters shown in this example:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspcon 1.100

------------------------------------------------------ ChanNum: 20 RowStatus: Mod AdmnState: Up ChanState: Failed ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- PORT-ALARM CTRLR-ABIT E-AIS/RDI LMI-ABIT RAS FAIL ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NO YES NO NO NO ------------------------------------------------------

ChanNum: 20 ChanRowStatus: Mod ConnAdminStatus: Up ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 100 EgressQSelect: Hi ChanServType: CBR IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 48000 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100




IBS: 100 ICR: 0 MCR: 0 PCR: 0 RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: SPVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 48000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Do not apply CAC ChanLocalVpi: 30 ChanLocalVci: 119 ChanLocalNSAP: 47009181000000000052190a4e00000107f30100 ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR1 ChanRoutingPriority: 8 ChanPreferredRouteId: 0 ChanDirectedRoute: No ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 180 ChanConnSCR: 180 ChanConnMCR: 10 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanConnRemotePCR: 180 cps ChanConnRemoteSCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemoteMCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemotePercentUtil:100 ChanServiceTypeOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 2000 xps ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps ChanReRoute: False RemoteConnMBS: 1024 cells





Configuring the Master Side of SPVCs

To configure the master side of an SPVC, perform the following steps:


Tip During this procedure, you will have to enter the ATM address for the slave end of the connection. If you establish this session from the same workstation you used to create the slave connection, you can do a copy and paste sequence to avoid data entry errors.

Step 2 To define the master side of the SPVC connection, enter the following command:

PXM1E_SJ.VHSHS2B.a > addcon <port_number> <DLCI> <CIR> [-cntp <ChanIntworkingType>] [-contp <ControllerType>] [-sertp <ServiceClassTtype>] [-master <MasterShip>] [-rmc <RemoteConnId>] [-pcr <localPCR>] [-scr <localSCR>] [-abrpcr <ABRPCR>] [-abrmcr <ABRMCR>] [-ingut <IngrPercentUtil>] [-ovrid <OvrSubOvrRide>] [-egrat <EgrSrvRate>] [-egut <EgrPercentUtil>] [-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-demap <DEtoCLPmap>] [-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>] [-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>] [-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>] [-eqecn <EgressQECNThresh>] [-cos <ATMConnServiceType>] [-maxcost <MaxCost>] [-type <restrictedType>] [-rtngprio <RoutingPriority>] [-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>][-directrte <DirectedRoute>] [-rpcr <RemotePCR>] [-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>] [-rcbs <RemoteMaxBurstSize>] [-admin <ConnAdminStatus>]


Table 2-6 lists and describes the parameters for the addcon command. The local and remote terms used in this table refer to settings for the local port you are configuring and the remote port at the other end of the connection. If you omit an option, a default value for that option is used for SPVC configuration.

Tip If you omit one or more of the options when entering the addcon command, the connection uses the default values listed in Table 2-6. To override the default value for a given option, enter the option with the desired value.

Note You can configure additional ABR parameters with the cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, and cnfchanstdabr commands. You can view ABR parameters with the dspchanstdabr command. For more information about these commands, refer to Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference.”




The following addcon command defines a port as the master side of a double-ended SPVC.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > addcon 7 111 32000 -master 1 -rmc 47009181000000000052190a4e00000107f30200.30.129

Step 3 To view the master-side of the new SPVC connection in the connection list, enter the dspcons command:


LCN Port.DLCI VPI.VCI Class Type M/S CIR DE EgrQ Admin Alarm ---- --------- ------- ------ ----- --- -------- --- ---- ----- ----- 0020 001.0100 30.0119 CBR NIW S 48000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0021 001.0101 30.0120 CBR NIW M 48000 Dis Hi Down ADMIN-DOWN 0022 002.0110 30.0129 CBR NIW S 32000 Dis Hi Up OK 0023 007.0111 30.0130 CBR NIW M 32000 Dis Hi Up OK



This command displays all the connections for the FRSM card.

Step 4 To display the configuration information for a specific SPVC endpoint, enter the following command:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspcon port.DLCI

Replace the port.DLCI parameter with the port number and DLCI number for the connection you want to display. These numbers are listed in the dspcons command display.

The following is sample output from the dspcon command for the connection created in the previous example. Notice that this report shows the NSAP IDs for both ends of the connection.


------------------------------------------------------ ChanNum: 23 RowStatus: Add AdmnState: Up ChanState: Ok ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- PORT-ALARM CTRLR-ABIT E-AIS/RDI LMI-ABIT RAS FAIL ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NO NO NO NO NO ------------------------------------------------------ ChanNum: 23 ChanRowStatus: Add ConnAdminStatus: Up ChanPortNum: 7 ChanDLCI: 111 EgressQSelect: Hi ChanServType: CBR IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 32000 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ICR: 0 MCR: 0 PCR: 0 RIF: 64 RDF: 16




Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: SPVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 32000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Do not apply CAC ChanLocalVpi: 30 ChanLocalVci: 130 ChanLocalNSAP: 47009181000000000052190a4e00000107f30700 ChanRemoteVpi: 30 ChanRemoteVci: 129 ChanRemoteNSAP: 47009181000000000052190a4e00000107f30200 ChanMastership: Master ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR1 ChanRoutingPriority: 8 ChanPreferredRouteId: 0 ChanDirectedRoute: No ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 120 ChanConnSCR: 120 ChanConnMCR: 10 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanConnRemotePCR: 120 cps ChanConnRemoteSCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemoteMCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemotePercentUtil:100 ChanServiceTypeOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 1334 xps ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps ChanReRoute: False RemoteConnMBS: 1024 cells


Note After FRSM SPVCs have been created between one Frame Relay port and another Frame Relay port, you can modify the SPVC connection parameters using the cnfchan, cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanmap, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfchanstdabr, cnfcon, xcnfchan, and xcnfchanstdabr commands. To delete a connection use the delcon command. For more information about these commands, refer to Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference.”




C H A P T E R 3
FRSM Card Management
This chapter provides procedures for managing FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B cards after the initial card setup and provisioning.

Note Initial card setup is described in the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4. The provisioning of FRSM cards is described in Chapter 2, “Provisioning Communications Links.”

This chapter describes the following FRSM management procedures:

• Managing CLI Sessions

• Managing Cards

• Managing Lines

• Managing Ports

• Managing Resource Partitions

• Managing Connections

• Loopbacks

• Bit Error Rate Testing (BERT)

Managing CLI SessionsBasic session initialization and management is described in the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4. Table 3-1 lists and describes the session management commands supported on the FRSM cards. For more information on these commands, see Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference.”

Table 3-1 Session Management Commands

Command Description

? Displays the available commands.

clearclrscrncls

Clears the session screen.

myid Displays the user ID that was used to start the current session.


Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementManaging Cards

Managing CardsBasic card initialization and configuration is described in the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4. The following sections provide procedures for doing the following:

• Distinguishing Between Channelized and Nonchannelized FRSM Cards

• Displaying General Card Information

• Displaying Software Version and Status Information

Note This section provides procedures for some of the most common card management commands. For a complete list of card management commands, refer to Table 4-2 in Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference.”

Distinguishing Between Channelized and Nonchannelized FRSM CardsThe FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards are available in channelized and nonchannelized versions. The nonchannelized versions are labeled FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 on the front of the cards, and the channelized versions are labeled FRSM-8T1-C and FRSM-8E1-C. However, the CLI prompt on the FRSM card and the output of the dspcds (supported on the PXM1E or PXM45 controller card) and dspcd (supported on the FRSM card) commands do not differentiate between the channelized and nonchannelized versions. To determine if a FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 is a nonchannelized or channelized version using the CLI, enter the dspfeature command as shown in the following example:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspfeature

Channelized: On Rate Control: On

The example above is for a channelized FRSM card. To determine whether the card is a FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 card, use the dspcd on the FRSM card or use the dspcds command on the PXM1E or PXM45 controller card.

setcmdc Enables or disables the command completion feature, which automatically completes an incomplete command if the command portion entered uniquely identifies a supported command.

setpagemode Enables or disables the page feature, which breaks command displays into pages for easier viewing.

Table 3-1 Session Management Commands (continued)

Command Description



Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementManaging Cards

Displaying General Card InformationTo display general information about a FRSM card, use the dspcd command as shown in the following example:

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspcd

ModuleSlotNumber: 11 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: FRSM-HS2B-12IN1 FunctionModuleSerialNum: SAG05274SFR FunctionModuleHWRev: ex FunctionModuleFWRev: 020.000.001.046-A FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by PXM LineModuleType: LM-12in1-8s LineModuleState: Present mibVersionNumber: 80 configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng cardIntegratedAlarm: Major cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Line Alarm cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure

Front Card Info

pcb part no-(800 level): 800-17066-01 pcb part no-(73 level): 73-06948-01 pcb revision (800 level): 02 fab par no-(28 level): 28-05059-01 pcb serial no: SAG05274SFR clei code: 0 manufacturing eng: 0x0 rma test history1: 0x0 rma test history2: 0x0 rma history: 0x0 platform features: 0x1 self test result: 0x0

Back Card Info

pcb part no-(800 level): 800-12345-01 pcb part no-(73 level): 73-01234-01 pcb revision (800 level): 02 fab par no-(28 level): 28-01234-01 pcb serial no: 123456 clei code: 00 manufacturing eng: 0x0 rma test history1: 0x0 rma test history2: 0x0 rma history: 0x0 PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a >

Note that the dspcd command displays information on card alarms.

Displaying Software Version and Status InformationTo display information on the software running on a FRSM card, use the chkflash and version commands.



Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementManaging Lines

The chkflash command shows the status of the boot software:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > chkflashProgram length = 300145Calculated checksum = 147bc308 stored checksum = 147bc308Flash checksum passed

The version command displays the software versions running on the card:

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > version***** Cisco System. FRSM-VHS Card ***** Firmware Version = 020.000.001.046-A Backup Boot version = VHS_BT_1.0.04_19Jul0VxWorks (for CISCO) version 5.3.1.Kernel: WIND version 2.5.Made on Mon Apr 29 02:03:54 PDT 2002.Boot line:sl(0,0)helium: e=192.9.227.1 b=192.9.227.1 h=192.9.225.10 g=192.9.227.2 u=frvhs pw=frvhs1 tn=vhs1card1

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a >

Managing LinesChapter 2, “Provisioning Communications Links,” describes how to bring up (add) and modify FRSM card lines. The following sections provide procedures for doing the following:

• Displaying a List of Lines

• Displaying the Configuration for a Single Line

• Bringing Down a Line

• Managing Line Alarms

Note This section provides procedures for some of the most common line management commands. For a complete list of line management commands, refer to Table 4-3 in Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference.”

Displaying a List of LinesTo display a list of lines on the current FRSM card, enter the dsplns command as follows:


Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Type Source Alarm ---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- ----- 25.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Mod/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No 25.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim No No 25.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No




Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementManaging Lines

Displaying the Configuration for a Single LineTo display the configuration of a single line, enter the dspln command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspln <line>

Enter the line number with the command. You can view the available line numbers in the dsplns display. The following example shows the information you can display with the dspln command:




Bringing Down a LineWhen a line is not working properly, it generates a line alarm. If you want to suppress the alarm and you do not have time to correct the problem, you can bring down the line. Bringing down the line takes it out of service, so no alarms are generated.

Tip You can reduce the level of an alarm on a failed line from major to minor by using the addlnloop command to place the line in local loopback mode. This does not completely eliminate the alarm, but it does reduce the severity and allow you to preserve the configured resources for that line.

To bring down a line, use the following procedure.

Step 1 Delete all connections that are associated with the line (dspcons and delcon commands).

Tip Connections and resource partitions are associated with ports in the respective display commands (dspcons and dsprscprtn), and ports are associated with lines (dspports). To determine which connections and resource partitions use a line, first determine which ports are configured for that line.

Step 2 Delete all resource partitions that are associated with the line (delrscprtn command).

Step 3 Delete all ports that are associated with the line (delport command).

Step 4 Enter the delln command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > delln <line>

Enter the line number with the command. You can view the available line numbers in the dsplns display.



Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementManaging Ports

The following example shows how to use the delln command:

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > delln 8


Managing Line AlarmsThe switch generates line alarms when problems occur. Use the following commands to display these alarms and alarm configuration parameters:

• dspalm

• dspalmcnf

• dspalmcnt

• dspalms

Use the following commands to clear alarms and alarm counts on lines:

• clralm

• clralmcnt

• clralmcnts

• clralms

Managing PortsChapter 2, “Provisioning Communications Links,” describes how to add logical ports to the lines on FRSM cards. The following sections provide procedures for doing the following:

• Displaying a List of Ports

• Displaying the Status of a Single Port

• Deleting Ports

Displaying a List of PortsTo display a list of ports on the current FRSM card, enter the dspports command as follows:


Port Ena/Speed EQServ SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 Type Alarm ELMI Ratio -------- --- ----- ------ ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- ----- ---- 30.3.3 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 30.4.4 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off

Number of ports: 2

PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00ffffff



Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementManaging Ports

PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000 PortNumNextAvailable: 1

To determine if a port is in alarm, check the status in the Alarm column. For more information on a single port, use the dspport command.

Displaying the Status of a Single PortTo display the configuration and status of a single port, enter the dspport command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspport <port>

Enter the port number with the command. You can view the port numbers in the dspports display. The following example shows the dspport display for port 3.


SlotNum: 30 PortLineNum: 3 PortNum: 3 PortRowStatus: Add PortDs0Speed: 64k PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1) PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1 PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1 PortSpeed: 1536kbps SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15 N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: Active PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 0 portType: frameRelay PortIngrPercentUtil: 0 PortEgrPercentUtil: 0 PortOversubscribed: False PortSvcStatus: Disable PortSvcInUse: Not In-Use PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based PortSvcLcnLow: 0 PortSvcLcnHigh: 0 PortSvcDlciLow: 0 PortSvcDlciHigh: 0

PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000 PortNumNextAvailable: 1



Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementManaging Resource Partitions

Deleting PortsTo delete a FRSM port, enter the delport command, as shown below.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > delport <port>

Replace the port parameter with the port number you want to delete. Port numbers are listed in the dspports command display.

Managing Resource PartitionsResource partitions define how port resources are distributed between two or more controllers. This software release supports only the PNNI controller, so all port resources are assigned to PNNI when a port is added. This resource assignment is automatically made by the software and results in the creation of a resource partition for the port.

During normal operation, you will not need to add a resource partition. You can view the resource partition configuration, make changes to it, or delete it. If you delete a resource partition, you will have to create a new partition for that port before you can assign connections to the port.

The following sections describe how to view, add, modify, and delete resource partitions.

Displaying a Resource Partition ConfigurationTo display the resource partition configuration for a port, enter the dsprscprtn command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dsprscprtn <port_num>

Replace the port parameter with the port number. For example:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dsprscprtn 3

Port User Status NumOfLcnAvail DlciLow DlciHigh IngrBW EgrBW CtrlrId ---- ------ ------ -------------- ------- -------- ------ ----- ------- 3 PNNI Add 1000 0 1023 100 100 2


Adding a Resource PartitionTo add a resource partition to a port, enter the addrscprtn command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > addrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr_type> <pct_bw_ingr> <pct_bw_egr> <min_dlci> <max_dlci> <max_lcn> <cntrlr_id>




Table 3-2 lists and describes the parameters for the addrscprtn command.

The following example adds a resource partition to a port after the default partition was deleted.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > addrscprtn 6 2 100 100 16 1023 1000 2


Modifying a Resource PartitionTo modify a resource partition for a port, enter the cnfrscprtn command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr_type> <pct_bw_ingr> <pct_bw_egr> <min_dlci> <max_dlci> <max_lcn> <cntrlr_id>

Table 3-2 Parameters for the addrscprtn Command


port_num Port number to be partitioned. You must add a port to a line before you can define a partition for a port. Use the dspports command to view the available ports.

cntrlr_type Controller for this partition. Enter 2 as the PNNI controller is the only controller type supported in this release.

• PAR = 1

• PNNI = 2

• MPLS = 3

pct_bw_ingr Ingress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for ingress communications. Range is 0 to 100 percent.

pct_bw_egr Egress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for egress communications. Range is 0 to 100 percent.

min_dlci Minimum DLCI to be used on this port. Range is 16 to 1023.

max_dlci Maximum DLCI to be used on this port. Range is 16 to 1023.

max_lcn Maximum LCN to be used on this port. Range by card type:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C: 1–1000

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C: 1–1000

• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000

• FRSM-HS2/B: 1-2000 with HSSI back card

• FRSM-HS2/B: 1-4000 with 12IN1-8S back card

cntrlr_id Enter a number that will be associated with the controller used by this partition. Range is 1 to 255.




Table 3-3 lists and describes the parameters for the cnfrscprtn command.

The following example changes the default lower DLCI value to 16 and leaves all other resource partition values set to the default values.

PXM1E_SJ1.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfrscprtn 6 2 100 100 16 1023 1000 2

PXM1E_SJ1.1.30.FRSM.a >

Deleting a Resource ConfigurationTo delete the resource partition configuration for a port, enter the delrscprtn command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > delrscprtn <port>

Replace the port parameter with the port number. For example:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > delrscprtn 6 2 2


Table 3-3 Parameters for the cnfrscprtn Command


port_num Port number to be modified. Use the dspports command to view the available ports.


• PAR = 1

• PNNI = 2

• MPLS = 3








• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000






Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementManaging Connections

Managing ConnectionsChapter 2, “Provisioning Communications Links,” describes how to add connections to FRSM cards. The following sections provide procedures for doing the following:

• Displaying a List of Connections

• Displaying the Status of a Single Connection

• Deleting Connections

Displaying a List of ConnectionsTo display a list of connections on the current FRSM card, enter the dspcons command as follows:






To determine if a connection is in alarm, check the status in the Alarm column. For more information on a single port, use the dspcon command.

Displaying the Status of a Single ConnectionTo display the configuration and status of a single connection, enter the dspcon command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspcon <port.DLCI>

Enter the port number and DLCI number with the command. You can view the port and DLCI numbers in the dspcons display. For example:


------------------------------------------------------ ChanNum: 20 RowStatus: Mod AdmnState: Up ChanState: Failed ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- PORT-ALARM CTRLR-ABIT E-AIS/RDI LMI-ABIT RAS FAIL ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NO YES NO NO NO ------------------------------------------------------

ChanNum: 20 ChanRowStatus: Mod ConnAdminStatus: Up ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 100 EgressQSelect: Hi




ChanServType: CBR IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 48000 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ICR: 0 MCR: 0 PCR: 0 RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: SPVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 48000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Do not apply CAC ChanLocalVpi: 30 ChanLocalVci: 119 ChanLocalNSAP: 47009181000000000052190a4e00000107f30100 ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR1 ChanRoutingPriority: 8 ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 180 ChanConnSCR: 180 ChanConnMCR: 10 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanConnRemotePCR: 180 cps ChanConnRemoteSCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemoteMCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemotePercentUtil:100 ChanServiceTypeOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 2000 xps ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps ChanReRoute: False RemoteConnMBS: 1024 cells





Deleting ConnectionsEach connection (or SPVC) has two endpoints. To completely delete a connection, you need to delete both endpoints. To delete a FRSM connection endpoint, enter the delcon command, as shown below.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > delcon <port.DLCI>

Replace the port.DLCI parameter with the port number and DLCI number for the connection you want to display. These numbers are listed in the dspcons command display.

The delcon command deletes the SPVC connection endpoint on the local switch. Note, however, that this command does not delete the remote end of the SPVC. The remote end of the SPVC must be deleted by issuing a delcon command on that switch.

Testing a ConnectionThere are several commands that you can use to test a connection. The tstcon and tstdelay commands perform short tests that verify that the switch can communicate with both ends of the connection. The cnftrafficgen command performs a continuous test that can be used to detect intermittent errors.

Testing with tstcon

The tstcon command checks to see if the switch can communicate with both ends of the connection. To test a FRSM connection with the tstcon command, enter the command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > tstcon <port.DLCI>

Replace the port.DLCI parameter with the port number and DLCI number for the connection you want to test. These numbers are listed in the dspcons command display. The following is an example of a tstcon test:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > tstcon 1.32

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > TestCon in progress.

TestCon Passed.

Testing with tstdelay

The tstdelay command checks to see if the switch can communicate with both ends of the connection, and it returns a measurement of the delay across the connection. To test a FRSM connection with the tstdelay command, enter the command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > tstdelay <port.DLCI>

Replace the port.DLCI parameter with the port number and DLCI number for the connection you want to test. These numbers are listed in the dspcons command display. The following is an example of a tstdelay test:

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > tstdelay 18

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > TestDelay in progress.

TestDelay Passed with 1 ms.




Testing with cnftrafficgen

The cnftrafficgen command sends a test pattern between two connection endpoints and checks to see if the pattern sent is returned correctly. Unlike the tstcon and tstdelay tests, this test continues until you stop it.

To start, stop, or abort a FRSM connection test with the cnftrafficgen command, enter the command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnftrafficgen <channel> <action> <num_frames> <pattern_type >

Table 3-4 lists and describes the parameters for the cnftrafficgen command.

The following example starts a traffic generation test on channel 16 using 50 frames and an all-ones pattern.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnftrafficgen 16 1 50 1

Wait for the prompt......Starting Test

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

To display the test progress, enter the dsptrafficgen command as follows:

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dsptrafficgen [1]

The [1] option displays test statistics. The following example shows the test status without statistics:

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dsptrafficgen

Pvc Under Test : 168830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

Table 3-4 Parameters for the cnftrafficgen Command


channel Specifies the channel number you are configuring. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.

action One of the following actions:

• 1 = start

• 2 = stop

• 3 = abort

num_frames Number of frames.

Range: 1—40960000

pattern_type Pattern types.

• All zeros = 1

• All ones = 2

• All fives = 3

• All As = 4



Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementLoopbacks

The next example shows the test status with statistics.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dsptrafficgen 1

Pvc Under Test : 16Pattern type : 1( All 0's )Total Test Frames To Send : 50Total Test Frames Transmitted : 50Total Test Frames Received : 0

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

LoopbacksLoopbacks are used as a troubleshooting tool to aid in resolving problems with physical lines and logical connections. The FRSM cards support line and channel loopbacks. Line loopbacks can be manually enabled by using the CLI commands on the FRSM card, enabling loopback code detection, or enabled through use of the SRM. Table 3-5 shows the loopback commands and the types of loopbacks supported by each FRSM card. For more information on the use of these commands, see Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference.”

Table 3-5 Loopback Commands supported by FRSM cards

Command FRSM-8T1E1 FRSM-2CT3 FRSM-2T3E3 FRSM-HS2/B

addlnloop Local loopback Local loopback (T1)

Local loopback

dellnloop Delete local loopback

Delete local or remote loopback (T1)

Delete local loopback

addrmtloop Remote loopback (T1)

cnflnloop Loopback code detection

addds3loop Local loopback (DS3)

Local loopback

delds3loop Delete local or remote loopback

Delete local or remote loopback

addds3rmtloop Remote loopback (DS3)

Remote loopback

xcnfln Local loopback using -lpb option;

Loopback code detection using -detect option

Local and remote loopback using the -ds1/-lpb option;

Loopback code detection using -ds1/-detect option

Local, remote, and inband local loopback using the -ds3/-lpb option

Local, remote, and inband local loopback using the -ds3/-lpb option

Metallic and remote loopback using the -x21/-lpb option;

Loopback code detection using -x21/-detect option



Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementLoopbacks

Figure 3-1, Figure 3-2, Figure 3-3, and Figure 3-4 show the details of where the various types of loopbacks occur within the architecture of the FRSM-8T1E1, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3, and FRSM-2HS/B cards. respectively.

Figure 3-1 FRSM-8T1E1 Line and Channel Loopbacks

Figure 3-2 FRSM-2CT3 Line and Channel Loopbacks

addchanloop Channel local remote loopback

Channel local remote loopback



delchanloop Delete channel loopback

Delete channel loopback



xcnfchan Channel local remote loopback using -rmtlb option

Channel local remote loopback using -rmtlb option



Table 3-5 Loopback Commands supported by FRSM cards (continued)

Command FRSM-8T1E1 FRSM-2CT3 FRSM-2T3E3 FRSM-HS2/B

Back card

T1/E1

FRSM-8T1E1 front card

Remoteloopback

Localloopback

Channelloopback

9320

2

Ce

ll bu

s

SARLIU T1/E1framer

Back card FRSM-2CT3 front card

T1 remoteloopback

DS3 remoteloopback

DS3 localloopback

T1 localloopback

Channelloopback

T3

9320

0

T1framer

M13

Ce

ll bu

s

T3 LIU SARFREEDMHDLC



Chapter 3 FRSM Card ManagementBit Error Rate Testing (BERT)

Figure 3-3 FRSM-2T3E3 Line and Channel Loopbacks

Figure 3-4 FRSM-HS2/B Line and Channel Loopbacks

Bit Error Rate Testing (BERT)Bit Error Rate Testing (BERT) is utilized to determine the health of a full T1, E1, or DS3 line, or can be run on a fractional T1 or E1 line, such as a single DS0 or group of DS0’s. When determining the bit error rate, the following formula is used: Bit Error Rate = Bits received in error/Bits sent. Tests are categorized into three broad areas: BERT pattern tests, Loopbacks, and Monitoring functions.

With support from the SRM-3T3/C or SRME, the Cisco MGX 8830 and Cisco MGX 8850 switches can perform a bit error rate test (BERT) on an active line or port on the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 cards.

Bit error rate testing is also supported on the unchannelized FRSM-2T3E3 by use of CLI commands on the service module and does not require SRM support. Because the FRSM-2T3E3 contains its own BERT controller, BERT sessions can run on any number of these cards in the system. However, only one user at a time can run BERT on a card.

BERT operations are data intrusive and regular user traffic cannot flow on the line/port being tested while the operation is in progress. A BERT session requires the tested path to be in a loopback mode. The line/port is put into an alarmed state at the start of the operation and restored to a normal state when the operation is terminated.

Back card FRSM-2T3E3 front card

Remoteloopback

Localloopback

Channelloopback

T3/E3

9319

9

T3/E3framer

Ce

ll bu

s

LIU SARFREEDMHDLC

Back card FRSM-HS2/B front card

Remoteloopback

Localloopback

Channelloopback

9320

1

Ce

ll bu

s

SARFREEDMHDLC

X.21/V.35/HSSIinterface logic




BERT should not affect performance since it is a diagnostic feature. It is however important to note that this is a destructive/intrusive feature in that it puts the line or port being tested out of service. As a result, all channels that exist on the line/port being tested will go into the alarmed state. This may result in a flood of traps and/or other kinds of traffic (AIS, etc.) reporting the channel alarms. This might negatively impact the performance of other functions.

There are two BERT buses in Cisco MGX8850 shelf. One is in the top bay and the other in the bottom bay, so the shelf can run a maximum of two sessions at once. However, the Cisco MGX8830 shelf has only one BERT bus and hence, only one BERT session can be conducted at a time.

The basic procedure for executing a BERT test is:

1. Place one end of the line you are testing in a loopback mode.

2. From the opposite end, configure and start the test on a port or line.

3. Display test results and/or inject errors one or more times.

4. Stop the test.

BERT with T1 and E1 lines and portsThe commands for configuring, displaying, modifying, and terminating BERT are found on the PXM1E and PXM45 processor cards.

The following commands are found on the PXM1E processor card to perform BERT functions:

• cnfbert

• delbert

• dspbert

• dspbertcap

• cnfuplinkbert

• dspuplinkbert

• dspuplinkbertstats

• startuplinkbert

• stopuplinkbert

• addlpback

• dellpback.

The following commands are found on the PXM45 processor card to perform BERT functions:

• cnfbert

• delbert

• dspbert

• dspbertcap

• addlpback

• dellpback.

For instructions on how to use these PXM CLI commands, refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4.




During BERT configuration on the PXM processor card, the choice of parameters or menu items depends first on the card type to be tested, and then whether the test medium is a physical line or a logical port. See Table 3-7 and Table 3-8 for a summary of the BERT configuration choices available when testing a T1 or E1 line or logical port.

BERT configuration parameter choices include test mediums, medium types, test types, devices to loop, test patterns, and loopback types.

The test medium is either a physical line or logical port.

When testing a logical port, the test medium types are:

• Logical port with multiple timeslots (Nx56K, Nx64K).

• Logical port with one 64K timeslot.

• Logical port with one 56K timeslot.

The test types available are pattern, loopback, and DDS seek.

Digital Dataphone Services (DDS) seek is a monitoring function test type and can only be run on a single DS0. This test is non-destructive and detects and displays network trouble codes, such as Abnormal Station Condition, Block, Channel Loopback, DSU Loopback, Far End Voice, Idle, Loopback Enable, MTU Alert, Mux Out of Sync, OCU Loopback, Release, Test, Test Alert, Transition in Progress, and Unassigned MUX Channel.

The devices to loop options include:

• No latch—a device that does not latch the data receives the test pattern sent, loopback is automatically enabled and then must be manually taken out of loopback mode at the end of testing.

• Latch—a device that can latch the data automatically removes the loopback after the test signal ceases.

• Inband/ESF—far end inband loopback or far end ESF loopback.

• V54—a polynomial loopback which loops only the timeslots sent across. Used to test select channels and does not affect other user data on the T1/E1.

• Metallic—a local loopback within the service module which does not involve an external device.

The available T1 and E1 BERT patterns to choose from are shown in Table 3-6.

Table 3-6 Supported T1 and E1 BERT Patterns

Supported T1 and E1 BERT Patterns

1. All zeroes

2. All ones

3. Alternate Ones/Zeroes

4. Double Ones/Zeroes

5. 2^15 - 1

6. 2^20 - 1

7. 2^20 - 1 QRSS

8. 2^23 - 1

9. 1 in 8

10. 3 in 24

11. DDS-1

12. DDS-2

13. DDS-3

14. DDS-4

15. DDS-5

16. 2^9

17. 2^11




The loopback tests do not monitor the integrity of the data but rather the integrity of the path. The type of loopback indicates the direction of the data transmission. The choices are:

• Far end—the service module transmits data to the CPE and receives the data back. There are three subtypes of far end loopbacks: Inband, ESF, and SmartJack inband loop codes (SRME only).

• Remote—the service module receives the data from the CPE and loops back to the CPE. Another way of configuring remote loopback is to enable loopback code detection on the service module, then send the loopback code from the CPE.

• Metallic—the service module receives data from the network and loops it back to the network. Metallic loopback is not the same as local loopback. Metallic loopback loops the data back to the network at the physical port on the back card of a service module, whereas local loopback loops the data back to the network through the framer in the service module.

Table 3-7 shows a summary of the various pattern and loopback tests that can be executed on the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 cards.

Table 3-8 shows a summary of the various pattern and loopback tests that can be executed on the FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C cards.

Table 3-7 BERT Configuration options for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 cards

Test Medium Medium Type Test Type Device to Loop Pattern LoopbackPort with multi-ple timeslots (Nx56K, Nx64K)

Pattern test

Loopbackv54

Port with one 64K timeslot

Pattern test

DDS seek

Loopback

latch

v54

all

l

Far end loop-back

Remote loop-back

Port Port with one 56K timeslot

Pattern test

DDS seeknolatch

2^9

2^11

Loopbacklatch

v54all

LinePattern

Loopback

inband/ESF

metallicall

Far end loop-back

Remote loop-back

Metallic loop-back

Table 3-8 BERT Configuration options for FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C cards

Test Medium Test Type Device to Loop Pattern Loopback

PortPattern

Loopbackall Remote loopback

LinePattern

Loopbackmetallic all

Remote loopback

Metallic loopback




When configuring BERT sessions on the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 cards, loopbacks can be enabled by:

• Manually placing the line in loopback mode using FRSM CLI commands.

• Enabling loopback code detection using FRSM CLI commands.

• Placing a line in loopback mode using the SRM via BERT PXM CLI commands.

On the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C cards, the following loopback commands are used in managing the T1 and E1 line loops:

• addlnloop—to place a line in local loopback.

• cnflnloop—to enable or disable loopback code detection.

• dellnloop—to delete a local loopback on a line.

• xcnfln—to enable or delete a remote loopback or local loopback on a line. Also used to enable or disable loopback code detection

On the FRSM-2CT3, the following loopback commands are used in managing the channelized T1 and DS3 line loops:

• addlnloop—to place a channelized T1 line in local loopback.

• addrmtloop—to place a channelized T1 in remote loopback.

• dellnloop—to delete a local or remote loopback on a channelized T1 line.

• xcnfln -ds1—to enable or delete a remote loopback or local loopback on a line. Also used to enable or disable loopback code detection

• addds3loop—to place a DS3 line in local loopback.

• addds3rmtloop—to place a DS3 line in remote loopback.

• delds3loop—to delete a local or remote loopback on a DS3 line.

• xcnfln -ds3—to enable or delete a remote loopback, a local loopback, or inband local loopback on a line.

For more details on the use of these commands, see Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference.”

BERT with T3 and E3 lines and portsThe FRSM-2T3E3 card contains its own BERT controller and supports its own command set to configure, start, display, and delete BERT.

Table 3-9 shows the CLI commands used to configure and manage BERT on the FRSM-2T3E3.

Table 3-9 FRSM-2T3E3 BERT Configuration Commands

Command Function

acqdsx3bert To acquire BERT control and resources. This command makes sure that only one user is using BERT at a time.

clrbertcntrs To reset all counters associated with testing.

cnfdsx3bert To specify a pattern for testing.

startdsx3bert To start a BERT session (after resetting BERT counters).

moddsx3bert To inject multi-rate errors into the bit stream of a BERT test in progress.




When configuring BERT sessions on the FRSM-2T3E3 card, loopbacks can be enabled by manually placing the line in loopback mode using FRSM CLI commands.

On the FRSM-2T3E3, the following commands are used in managing the DS3 line loops:

• addds3loop—to place a DS3 line in local loopback.

• addds3rmtloop—to place a DS3 line in remote loopback.

• delds3loop—to delete a local or remote loopback on a DS3 line.

• xcnfln—to enable or delete a remote loopback, a local loopback, or inband local loopback on a line.

For command details, see Chapter 4, “FRSM Command Reference.”

dspdsx3bert To view the parameters and results of the current BERT testing session.

deldsx3bert To end the current BERT test and clear BERT counters.

xcnfdsx3bert To acquire, release, configure, start, modify, and delete BERT. This command ports all the functionality of the acqdsx3bert, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, moddsx3bert, and startdsx3bert commands into one command

xdspdsx3bert To display the parameters and results of the current test. This command has the same functionality as the dspdsx3bert command.

Table 3-9 FRSM-2T3E3 BERT Configuration Commands (continued)

Command Function




C H A P T E R 4
FRSM Command Reference
The preferred tools to configure, monitor, and control an MGX 8830 or MGX 8850 switch are the CiscoView and Cisco WAN Manager applications. The command-line interface (CLI) also provides access to the MGX 8830 or MGX 8850 switches and is highly applicable during initial installation, troubleshooting, and any situation in which low-level control is useful.

The commands in the tables that follow (Table 4-1 to Table 4-6) are divided by major functional group. Each table shows the complete name of the command and the cards for which the command is valid. Examples of usage for the more common commands appear in the configuration chapters of this manual.

The privilege levels of the FRSM commands can be found on the individual pages describing each command, or they can be found at the CLI by using the help or the ? command. Only those commands available at the user’s login privilege level and below will be seen on the CLI and available for use by the user.

For information about navigating the command-line interface, refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Software Configuration Guide, Release 4.

Tip If you are viewing this material in a book- or chapter-length PDF file, you can click on any command in the following tables to link to the description for that command. You can also click on commands listed in the “Related Commands” sections to link to command descriptions.

Table 4-1 FRSM Session Management Commands

Command FRSM-8T1/E1 FRSM-8T1/E1-C FRSM-2T3E3 FRSM-2CT3 FRSM-HS2/B

? X X X X X

clear X X X X X

clrscrn X X X X X

cls X X X X X

Help X X X X X

myid X X X X X

setcmdc X X X X X

setpagemode X X X X X


Chapter 4 FRSM Command Reference

Table 4-2 FRSM Card Management Commands


chkflash X X X X X

clrcderrs X X X X X

clrmsgcnt X X X X X

clrslftst X X X X X

clrtaskinfo X X X X X

cnfegrservtype X X X

cnfslftst X X X X X

cnfstdabrctrl X X X X X

cnfunit391 X X

dspbufoverflow X X X X X

dspcd X X X X X

dspcderrs X X X X X

dspegrservtype X X X

dspfdminfo X X X

dspfeature X X X X X

dspmsgcnt X X X X X

dspslftst X X X X X

dspslftsttbl X X X X X

dspstatparms X X X X X

dspstdabrctrl X X X X X

dsptaskinfo X X X X X

dsptotals X X X X X

dspunit391 X X

i X X X X X

memShow X X X X X

runslftstno X X X X X

version X X X X X

Table 4-3 FRSM Line Management Commands


acqdsx3bert X

addds3loop X X

addds3rmtloop X X

addln X X X X X

addlnloop X X X X




addrmtloop X

clralm X X X X

clralmcnt X X X X

clralmcnts X X X X

clralms X X X X

clrbertcntrs X

cnfclktype X

cnfds3ln X X

cnfdsx3bert X

cnfln X X X X

cnflnloop X X

cnflnsubrate X

cnfoamlpbk X X X X X

cnfrdimapenbl X X X X X

delds3loop X X

deldsx3bert X

delln X X X X X

dellnloop X X X X

dspalm X X X X X

dspalmcnf X X X X X

dspalmcnt X X X X

dspalms X X X X X

dspds3ln X X

dspds3lns X X

dspdsx3bert X

dspln X X X X

dsplns X X X X

dspoamlpbk X X X X X

dsprdimapenbl X X X X X

dsptotals X X X X X

dspusedlnmap X

moddsx3bert X

startdsx3bert X

xcnfalm X X X X X

xcnfalmcnt X X

xcnfdsx3bert X

Table 4-3 FRSM Line Management Commands (continued)





xcnfln X X X X X

xdspdsx3bert X

xdspln X X X X X

xdsplns X X X X X

Table 4-4 FRSM Port Management Commands


acqdsx3bert X

addport X X X X X

clrportcnt X X X X X

clrportcnts X X X X X

cnfdsx3bert X

cnfegrq X X X

cnfm32eqthresh X X

cnfport X X X X X

cnfportcllm X X X X X

copyports X X X

deldsx3bert X

delport X X X X X

delports X X X

dspdsx3bert X

dspegrq X X X

dspegrqs X X X

dspm32eqthresh X X

dspport X X X X X

dspportcnt X X X X X

dspports X X X X X

dspportstats X X X

dsptotals X X X X X

moddsx3bert X

startdsx3bert X

xclrportcnt X X X X X

xcnfdsx3bert X

xcnfport X X X X X

xdspdsx3bert X

Table 4-3 FRSM Line Management Commands (continued)





xdspport X X X X X

xdspportcnt X X X X X

xdspports X X X X X

Table 4-5 FRSM Resource Partition Management Commands


addrscprtn X X X X X

cnfrscprtn X X X X X

delrscprtn X X X X X

dsprscprtn X X X X X

xcnfportrscprtn X X X

Table 4-6 FRSM Connection Management Commands


addchanloop X X X X X

addcon X X X X X

addspvc X X X X X

clrchancnt X X X X X

clrchancnts X X X X X

clrsarcnt X X X X X

clrsarcnts X X X X X

cnfchan X X X

cnfchanabrparams X X X X X

cnfchanabrrates X X X X X

cnfchancacoff X X X X X

cnfchanegressq X X X X X

cnfchaneir X X X X X

cnfchaningressq X X X X X

cnfchanmap X X X X X

cnfchanpol X X X X X

cnfchansrvrate X X X X X

cnfchanstdabr X X X X X

cnfcon X X X X X

cnftrafficgen X X X X X

copychans X X X X X

Table 4-4 FRSM Port Management Commands (continued)





cpstobps X X X X X

delchan X X X X X

delchanloop X X X X X

delchans X X X X X

delcon X X X X X

dncon X X X X X

dspchan X X X X X

dspchancnt X X X X X

dspchanmap X X X X X

dspchans X X X X X

dspchanstdabr X X X X X

dspchstats X X X

dspcon X X X X X

dspcons X X X X X

dsplcn X X X X X

dspmaptbl X X X X X

dspsarcnt X X X X X

dspsarcnts X X X X X

dspservrate X X X X X

dsptotals X X X X X

dsptrafficgen X X X X X

queDsp X X

rrtcon X X X X X

tstcon X X X X X

tstdelay X X X X X

upcon X X X X X

xclrchancnt X X X X X

xcnfchan X X X X X

xcnfchanstdabr X X

xdspchan X X X X X

xdspchancnt X X X X X

xdspchans X X X X X

xdspchanstdabr X X

Table 4-6 FRSM Connection Management Commands (continued)




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Reference?

?Help—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the ? command to display a list of the commands supported on the FRSM card.

Syntax

?

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Command list for the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > ?

? No Any Any UserHelp No Any Any Useraddchanloop No Active Group 4addcon Yes Active Group 2addln Yes Active Group 1addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)addport Yes Active Group 1addrscprtn No Active Any Useraddspvc Yes Active Group 2chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2)clear No Any Any Userclrcderrs No Any Super Group (0)clrchancnt No Active Group 5clrchancnts No Active Group 3clrmsgcnt No Active Group 5clrportcnt No Active Group 5clrportcnts No Active Group 5clrsarcnt No Active Group 5clrsarcnts No Active Group 5clrscrn No Any Any User

Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:

Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any User



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceacqdsx3bert

acqdsx3bertAcquire DS3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the acqdsx3bert command to acquire BERT control and resources. This command makes sure that only one user is using BERT at a time. Use the dspdsx3bert command to verify the acquisition of BERT control on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

acqdsx3bert

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Acquire BERT control on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > acqdsx3bert


Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any User



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddchanloop

addchanloopAdd a Channel Loopback—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addchanloop command to configure a channel loopback to the current FRSM card. This command causes the channel to loop at the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) stage. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

Syntax

addchanloop <Port.DLCI|chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

delchanloop, dspchans, dspcons tstcon, tstdelay

Tip To view the loopback status of a connection, use the dspcon command and look for the line labeled ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState.

Attributes

Example

Add channel loopback to port 1, DLCI 16.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > addchanloop 1.16


port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be placed in channel loopback using the format Port.DLCI. You can view channel port and DLCI information with the dspcons and dspchans commands. The range of port numbers by card type is:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256

• FRSM-HS2/B: 1 to 2 (HSSI back card)

• FRSM-HS2/B: 1 to 8 (12IN1-8S back card)

The DLCI range is 16 to 1023.

chan_num Enter the channel number for the port as it appears in the dspcons report.

Log: No State: Active Privilege: Group 1



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddcon

addconAdd Connection—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addcon command to configure one end of an SPVC connection on a port on the current FRSM card.

This software release supports double-ended and single-ended provisioning. Double-ended provisioning requires that you configure the slave end of the SPVC first, and then configure the master end of the SPVC. You can configure both slave and master endpoints for double-ended provisioned connections using the addcon command.

Single-ended provisioning allows you to configure only the master end of the connection, and the master end automatically configures the slave end. This software release supports single ended provisioning where the master end point is defined on another device and the FRSM card hosts the slave connection. This software release does not support single-ended provisioning with a master on the local FRSM card.

When you add a connection, the software checks the configuration at the remote end to be sure the remote connection configuration is compatible. If the local and remote configuration parameters are not compatible, the connection is not added. Table 4-7 shows the connection parameters that are checked when you create a connection.

Tip The addcon command requires you to enter a CIR for the connection and then translates the value you enter into the applicable ATM parameters. You can use addcon command options to override the calculated ATM parameters. When you create a connection from one FRSM card to another, you can configure both ends of the connection with the same CIR and know that the ATM parameters will be calculated the same at each end. If you are creating a connection between a FRSM card and an ATM service module, you need to look at the ATM parameters at each end to be sure they match. To view the ATM parameters that are calculated from the CIR on a FRSM, refer to the parameters labeled ChanConnPCR, ChanConnMCR, and ChanConn SCR in the dspcon command display. To translate an ATM speed in cps to bps for use as the CIR, use the cpstobps command.

Table 4-7 Connection Parameters That Must Match

Connection Type ATM Parameters Checked

CBR PCR

VBRrt, VBRnrt PCR, SCR, MBS

stdABR PCR, MCR

UBR PCR




Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

addcon <port_number> <DLCI> <CIR> [-cntp <ChanIntworkingType>] [-contp <ControllerType>] [-sertp <ServiceClassTtype>] [-master <MasterShip>] [-rmc <RemoteConnId>] [-pcr <localPCR>] [-scr <localSCR>] [-abrpcr <ABRPCR>] [-abrmcr <ABRMCR>] [-ingut <IngrPercentUtil>] [-ovrid <OvrSubOvrRide>] [-egrat <EgrSrvRate>] [-egut <EgrPercentUtil>] [-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-demap <DEtoCLPmap>] [-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>] [-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>] [-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>] [-eqecn <EgressQECNThresh>] [-cos <ATMConnServiceType>] [-maxcost <MaxCost>] [-type <restrictedType>] [-rtngprio <RoutingPriority>] [-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>] [-directrte <DirectedRoute>] [-rpcr <RemotePCR>] [-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>] [-rcbs <RemoteMaxBurstSize>]


Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> [-cntp <ChanIntworkingType>] [-contp <ControllerType>] [-sertp <ServiceClassTtype>] [-master <MasterShip>] [-rmc <RemoteConnId>] [-pcr <localPCR>] [-scr <localSCR>] [-abrpcr <ABRPCR>] [-abrmcr <ABRMCR>] [-ingut <IngrPercentUtil>] [-ovrid <OvrSubOvrRide>] [-egrat <EgrSrvRate>] [-egut <EgrPercentUtil>] [-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-demap <DEtoCLPmap>] [-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>] [-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>] [-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>] [-eqecn <EgressQECNThresh>] [-cos <ATMConnServiceType>] [-maxcost <MaxCost>] [-type <restrictedType>] [-rtngprio <RoutingPriority>] [-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>] [-directrte <DirectedRoute>] [-rpcr <RemotePCR>] [-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>] [-rcbs <RemoteMaxBurstSize>] [-admin <ConnAdminStatus>]

Tip The difference between the syntax for the FRSM-8T1/8E1 series and the FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B series is the -admin option.





Syntax Description




• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256




Range: 16–1023


• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 0–1536000

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 0–2048000

• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000







-cntp Channel internetworking type. Set this option to one of the following:

• 1 = Frame Relay to ATM Network Interworking (NIW, FRF.5–default)






• 1 = PAR


• 3 = MPLS





• 1 = High Priority (CBR–default)

• 2 = rtVBR

• 3 = nrtVBR

• 5 = UBR

• 9 = stdABR


• 1 = master


-rmc Remote connection ID. This option is used when defining the master end of a connection. Enter the slave connection ID as it appears after the addcon command is issued. The format is: RemoteNsapAddress.VPI.VCI.



























• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 2400–1536000 bps

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 2400–2048000 bps

• FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-HS2/B = 2400–52000000 bps



-bc Burst commit:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 0–65535 bytes

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 0–65535 bytes

• FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-HS2/B = 0–2097151 bytes

Default setting is 5100 bytes.

-be Burst excess:








• CLP=0: -demap 2

• CLP=1: -demap 3



• DE=0: -clpmap 2

• DE=1: -clpmap 3





































• rtVBR1 = 22

• rtVBR2 = 23

• rtVBR3 = 24

• nrtVBR1 = 25

• nrtVBR2 = 26

• nrtVBR3 = 27

• UBR1 = 28

• UBR2 = 29

• stdABR = 30

-maxcost Maximum end-to-end cost for the connection. Range is 1 to 2147483647. Default setting is 2147483647.






Related Commands

addspvc, cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchanstdabr, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xcnfchanstdabr, xdspchanstdabr

Attributes

-prefrte Preferred Route ID for this connection. The preferred route feature is applicable only to the master end of an SPVC. This option assigns a unique identifier for the preferred route to which this connection is associated. When the route ID is set to 0, the connection is not associated with any preferred routes. Range is 0 to 65,535. Default is 0.


• 1 = Yes

















-rcbs Remote maximum burst size. Range is 1 to 5000000.



Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Group 1




Example

Add a connection to port 1 using DLCI 16, CIR 4000, and the default settings for all options.

PXM1E_SJ.VHSHS2B.a >addcon 1 16 4000





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddds3loop

addds3loopAdd DS3 Local Line Loop—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the addds3loop command to place the local endpoint of a DS3 line in local loopback mode. As shown in Figure 4-1, when a DS3 line is in local loopback the FRSM receives data from the network and loops it back to the network. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

Figure 4-1 DS3 Local Loopback on the FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3

Note On the FRSM-2CT3 use the addlnloop command to place any of the 56 individual DS1 lines in local loopback mode.

Syntax

addds3loop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3rmtloop, addlnloop, addrmtloop, delds3loop, dellnloop, dspds3ln, dspds3lns

Attributes

Example

Add a local loopback to line 2 of the current FRSM 2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > addds3loop 2


CPE

Far EndLoopback

RemoteLoopback

FRSM

LocalLoopback

To network

9310

5

line_num Enter the line number, which is either 1 or 2. Use the dspds3ln command to display the loopback status of a line.

Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Service Group



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddds3rmtloop

addds3rmtloopAdd DS3 Remote Line Loop—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the addds3rmtloop command to place a DS3 line in remote loopback mode.As shown in Figure 4-2, when a DS3 line is in remote loopback the FRSM receives the data from the CPE and loops back to the CPE. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

Figure 4-2 DS3 Remote Loopback on the FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3

Note On the FRSM-2CT3 use the addrmtloop command to place any of the 56 individual DS1 lines in remote loopback mode.

Syntax

addds3rmtloop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3loop, addlnloop, addrmtloop, delds3loop, dellnloop, dspds3ln, dspds3lns

Attributes

Example

Add remote line loopback to line 2 of the current FRSM 2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > addds3rmtloop 2


CPE

Far EndLoopback

RemoteLoopback

FRSM

LocalLoopback

To network

9310

5

line_num Enter the line number, which is either 1 or 2. Use the dspds3ln command to display the loopback status of a line.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddln

addlnAdd Line—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addln command to activate a line on a FRSM card.

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

addln <line_num>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B

addln <line_num> [<line_interface_type>]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfln, cnfds3ln, delln, dspln, dsplns, dspds3ln, dspds3lns

Attributes

Example

Bring up line 8 on a FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > addln 8


line_num Enter the line number you want to activate. For a list of the lines available on the current card, enter the dsplns or dspds3lns command.

interface_type Specifies the per line interface type and is used only with the 12IN1-8S back card for FRSM-HS2/B. If you do not specify the interface type, the default type is V.35.

• X.21 = 2

• V.35 = 3




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddlnloop

addlnloopAdd Local Line Loop—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addlnloop command to place a line in local loopback mode. As shown in Figure 4-3, when a line is in local loopback the FRSM receives data from the network and loops it back to the network. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

Figure 4-3 Local Loopback on the FRSM-8T1E1, FRSM-8T1E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B

Note On the FRSM-2CT3 use the addlnloop command to place any of the 56 individual DS1 lines in local loopback mode. To place the DS3 line in local loopback, use the addds3loop command.

Syntax

addlnloop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3loop, addds3rmtloop, addrmtloop, delds3loop, dellnloop, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns

Tip Use the dspln command to display the loopback status of a line.

CPE

Far EndLoopback

RemoteLoopback

FRSM

LocalLoopback

To network

9310

5

line_num Line number, in the range appropriate for the card. For a list of the lines available on the current card enter the dsplns command.

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C = 1–8

• FRSM-2CT3 =1-56

• FRSM-HS2/B:

– HSSI back card = 1-2

– 12IN1-8S back card = 1-8



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddlnloop

Attributes

Example

Place line 8 on a FRSM-HS2/B card in loopback mode.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > addlnloop 8





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddport

addportAdd Port—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addport command to add Frame Relay services to a line.

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3

addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type> [lmi_autosense]

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-HS2/B

addport <port_num> <line_num> <port_type> [lmi_autosense]

Syntax Description

port_num Port number for the Frame Relay service. The port number range varies with the card type:








Note On the FRSM-2CT3, only 128 ports can be added per T3 line. In addition, FREEDM chip resources are distributed across the two T3 lines. Use the dspfdminfo command to monitor the allocation of these resources when adding ports.

line_num Line number to which the port definition applies. To display the lines that have been added, enter the dsplns or dspds3lns command. You cannot add a port to a line unless the Status/Coding column shows that the line is enabled (Ena). The line number range varies with the card type:










ds0_speed This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports and sets the bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0:

• 1 = 56 Kbps

• 2 = 64 Kbps

Note When adding a port to an E1 line configured with CLEAR signalling, only use the 64 Kbps option.

begin_slot This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports and selects the starting DS0 time slot for port communications within the T1 or E1 frame. Valid slot numbers are:



– With CAS line signalling: 2–16, 18-32 (Slot 1 is reserved for framing and slot 17 is reserved for signalling)

– With CCS line signalling: 2–32 (Slot 1 is reserved for framing)


Tip The nonchannelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards only support one port per line. Therefore, you should enter 1 (for the FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 with CLEAR signalling) or 2 (for the FRSM-8E1 with CAS or CCS signalling) for the starting slot if you want to use the full bandwidth of the line.

num_slot This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports and determines the number of consecutive DS0 time slots for this port within the T1 or E1 frame. Valid slot numbers are:



– With CAS line signalling: 1-30

– With CCS line signalling: 1-31


Tip The nonchannelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards only support one port per line. Therefore, you should enter the maximum slot number (either 24, 30, 31, or 32) if you want to use the full bandwidth of the line. (E1 lines with CLEAR line signalling only support the full 32 time slots.)




Related Commands

cnfport, delport, dspfdminfo, dspport, dspports, xcnfport

Attributes

Example

Add port 16 to line 8 on a FRSM-8T1 card, using 56K time slots 20 through 24 and selecting Frame Relay as the port type.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > addport 16 8 1 20 5 1


port_type Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.




lmi_autosense LMI autosense. With LMI autosense enabled the frame relay port will detect and configure its LMI signaling type to that of the LMI signaling type configured on the attached CPE. If LMI autosense is set to manual, the user must configure the LMI signaling type by using the cnfport or xcnfport commands.

• 1 = Manual (default)

• 2 = AutoSense

Note LMI autosense is supported on UNI frame relay connections only, and the range of DLCIs supported is 16-991.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddrmtloop

addrmtloopAdd Remote Line Loop—FRSM-2CT3

Use the addrmtloop command to place any of the 56 individual DS1 lines on the FRSM-2CT3 card in remote loopback mode. As shown in Figure 4-4, when a DS1 line is in remote loopback the FRSM receives the data from the CPE and loops back to the CPE. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

Figure 4-4 DS1 Remote Loopback on the FRSM-2CT3

Note To place the DS3 line in remote loopback, use the addds3rmtloop command.

Syntax

addrmtloop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3loop, addds3rmtloop, addlnloop, delds3loop, dellnloop, dspds3lns, dsplns

Attributes

Example

Place line 1 on the current FRSM card in remote loopback mode.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > addrmtloop 1Dsx1 UPdate !!!

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >

CPE

Far EndLoopback

RemoteLoopback

FRSM

LocalLoopback

To network

9310

5

line_num DS1 line number, with a range of 1 to 56. For a list of the lines available on the current card enter the dsplns command.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddrscprtn

addrscprtnAdd Resource Partition—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addrscprtn command to add a resource partition after you have deleted the resource partition for a port. A resource partition assigns port resources such as bandwidth and a DLCI range to a specific controller such as PNNI. In this release, a PNNI resource partition is automatically created when a port is created, and all resources are assigned to the PNNI controller.

Syntax

addrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr_type> <pct_bw_ingr> <pct_bw_egr> <min_dlci> <max_dlci> <max_lcn> <cntrlr_id>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspports, dsprscprtn, xcnfportrscprtn



• PAR = 1

• PNNI = 2

• MPLS = 3








• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddrscprtn

Attributes: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Attributes: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Example

The following example adds a resource partition to a port after the default partition was deleted.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > addrscprtn 6 2 100 100 16 1023 1000 2






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceaddspvc

addspvcAdd SPVC—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addspvc command to configure one end of an SPVC connection on a port on the current FRSM card.

This software release supports double-ended and single-ended provisioning. Double-ended provisioning requires that you configure the slave end of the SPVC first, and then configure the master end of the SPVC. You can configure both slave and master endpoints for double-ended provisioned connections using the addspvc command.

Single-ended provisioning allows you to configure only the master end of the connection, and the master end automatically configures the slave end. This software release supports single ended provisioning where the master end point is defined on another device and the FRSM card hosts the slave connection. This software release does not support single-ended provisioning with a master on the local FRSM card.

When you add a connection, the software checks the configuration at the remote end to be sure the remote connection configuration is compatible. If the local and remote configuration parameters are not compatible, the connection is not added. Table 4-7 shows the connection parameters that are checked when you create a connection.

Tip The addspvc command requires you to enter a CIR for the connection and then translates the value you enter into the applicable ATM parameters. You can use addspvc command options to override the calculated ATM parameters. When you create a connection from one FRSM card to another, you can configure both ends of the connection with the same CIR and know that the ATM parameters will be calculated the same at each end. If you are creating a connection between a FRSM card and an ATM service module, you need to look at the ATM parameters at each end to be sure they match. To view the ATM parameters that are calculated from the CIR on a FRSM, refer to the parameters labeled ChanConnPCR, ChanConnMCR, and ChanConn SCR in the dspcon command display. To translate an ATM speed in cps to bps for use as the CIR, use the cpstobps command.


addspvc <port_number> <DLCI> <CIR> [-cntp <ChanIntworkingType>] [-contp <ControllerType>] [-sertp <ServiceClassTtype>] [-master <MasterShip>] [-rmc <RemoteConnId>] [-pcr <localPCR>] [-scr <localSCR>] [-abrpcr <ABRPCR>] [-abrmcr <ABRMCR>] [-ingut <IngrPercentUtil>] [-ovrid <OvrSubOvrRide>] [-egrat <EgrSrvRate>] [-egut <EgrPercentUtil>] [-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-demap <DEtoCLPmap>] [-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>] [-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>] [-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>] [-eqecn <EgressQECNThresh>] [-cos <ATMConnServiceType>] [-maxcost <MaxCost>] [-type <restrictedType>] [-rtngprio <RoutingPriority>] [-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>] [-directrte <DirectedRoute>] [-rpcr <RemotePCR>] [-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>] [-rcbs <RemoteMaxBurstSize>]




Syntax: FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-HS2/B

addspvc <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> [-cntp <ChanIntworkingType>] [-contp <ControllerType>] [-sertp <ServiceClassTtype>] [-master <MasterShip>] [-rmc <RemoteConnId>] [-pcr <localPCR>] [-scr <localSCR>] [-abrpcr <ABRPCR>] [-abrmcr <ABRMCR>] [-ingut <IngrPercentUtil>] [-ovrid <OvrSubOvrRide>] [-egrat <EgrSrvRate>] [-egut <EgrPercentUtil>] [-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-demap <DEtoCLPmap>] [-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>] [-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>] [-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>] [-eqecn <EgressQECNThresh>] [-cos <ATMConnServiceType>] [-maxcost <MaxCost>] [-type <restrictedType>] [-rtngprio <RoutingPriority>] [-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>] [-directrte <DirectedRoute>] [-rpcr <RemotePCR>] [-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>] [-rcbs <RemoteMaxBurstSize>] [-admin <ConnAdminStatus>]

Tip The difference between the syntax for the FRSM-8T1/8E1 series and the FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-HS2/B series is the -admin option.

Syntax Description




• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256




Range: 16–1023


• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 0–1536000

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 0–2048000

• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000

















• 1 = PAR


• 3 = MPLS



• 2 = rtVBR

• 3 = nrtVBR

• 5 = UBR

• 9 = stdABR


• 1 = master


-rmc Remote connection ID. This option is used when defining the master end of a connection. Enter the slave connection ID as it appears after the addspvc command is issued. The format is: RemoteNsapAddress.VPI.VCI.
































-bc Burst commit:





-be Burst excess:








• CLP=0: -demap 2

• CLP=1: -demap 3






• DE=0: -clpmap 2

• DE=1: -clpmap 3





































• rtVBR1 = 22

• rtVBR2 = 23

• rtVBR3 = 24

• nrtVBR1 = 25

• nrtVBR2 = 26

• nrtVBR3 = 27

• UBR1 = 28

• UBR2 = 29

• stdABR = 30




-prefrte Preferred Route ID for this connection. The preferred route feature is applicable only to the master end of an SPVC. This option assigns a unique identifier for the preferred route to which this connection is associated. When the route ID is set to 0, the connection is not associated with any preferred routes. Range is 0 to 65535. Default is 0.


• 1 = Yes















Related Commands

addcon, cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchanstdabr, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xcnfchanstdabr, xdspchanstdabr

Attributes

Example

Add a SPVC slave endpoint to port 1 using DLCI 16, CIR 4000, and the default settings for all options.

PXM1E_SJ.VHSHS2B.a >addspvc 1 16 4000














Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencechkflash

chkflashCheck Flash—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the chkflash command to display the length of the boot software file and the status of the checksum.

Syntax

chkflash

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dspcd, version

Attributes

Example

Check the boot software status on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > chkflashProgram length = 300145Calculated checksum = 147bc308 stored checksum = 147bc308Flash checksum passed


Log: No State: Any Privilege: Cisco Group



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclear

clearClear Screen—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clear command to clear any previous commands from the session screen or window.

Note To activate this command, change cards to the active PXM1E or PXM45 and use the smclrscrn <enable|disable> command. The CESM clrscrn command does not have this requirement and is the recommended command to use.

Syntax

clear

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cls, clscrn

Attributes

Example

After you enter the clear command, the only text that appears on the screen is the CLI prompt.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclralm

clralmClear Alarm—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the clralm command to clear any active alarms on a specific line of the current FRSM card. The alarms will not clear if the alarm cause is still present. Use the dspalm and dspalms commands to identify any active alarms on the current FRSM card.


clralm -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

clralm <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

clralm <-ds1|-ds3> <LineNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralms, dspalm, dspalms, xcnfalm


Attributes: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Example

Clear the active alarms for line 2 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clralm -ds1 2


LineNum Line number for the line you want to clear the active alarms. Use dsplns or dspds3lns to view the available lines.

Log: No State: Any Privilege: Group 1




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclralmcnt

clralmcntClear Alarm Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the clralmcnt command to clear the alarm counters for a line on the current FRSM card.


clralmcnt -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

clralmcnt <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

clralmcnt <-ds1|-ds3>- <line>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralmcnts, dspalmcnt, xcnfalm, xcnfalmcnt



Example

Clear the alarm counters for line 2 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clralmcnt -ds1 2


LineNum Line number for the line you want to clear the alarm counters. Use dsplns or dspds3lns to view the available lines.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclralmcnts

clralmcntsClear Alarm Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the clralmcnts command to clear the alarm counters for all lines on the current FRSM card.


clralmcnts

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

clralmcnts -<LineType>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralmcnt, dspalmcnt, xcnfalm, xcnfalmcnt



Example

Clear the alarm counters for all lines on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clralmcnts


LineType Specify the line type of the current FRSM card.

• FRSM-2T3E3 = ds3 or e3

• FRSM-2CT3 = ds3 or ds1





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclralms

clralmsClear Alarms—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the clralms command to clear active alarms on all lines of the current FRSM card. The alarms will not clear if the alarm cause is still present. Use the dspalm and dspalms commands to identify any active alarms on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

clralms

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clralm, dspalm, dspalms, xcnfalm



Example

Clear the active alarms for all lines on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clralms






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrbertcntrs

clrbertcntrsClear BERT Counters—FRSM-2T3E3

Use the clrbertcntrs command to reset all counters associated with bit error rate testing (BERT).

Syntax

clrbertcntrs

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Clear all BERT counters on the current FRSM.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > clrbertcntrs





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrcderrs

clrcderrsClear Hardware/Reset Errors in BRAM—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrcderrs command to clear all card-related errors on a FRSM card. No response messages appear on screen.

Syntax

clrcderrs

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dspcderrs

Attributes

Example

Clear all card-related errors on the FRSM in slot 4.

PXM1E_SJ.1.4.FRSM.a > clrcderrsPXM1E_SJ.1.4.FRSM.a >

Log: No State: Any Privilege: Super Group



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrchancnt

clrchancntClear Channel Statistics Count—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrchancnt command to clear the statistics counters for a connection.

Syntax

clrchancnt <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, clrchancnts, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchancnt, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xclrchancnt, xcnfchan, xdspchancnt



Example

Clear the statistics for channel 19.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrchancnt 19


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection where statistics are to be cleared using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

Channel Number Specify the channel for the connection where statistics are to be cleared. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrchancnts

clrchancntsClear Channel Statistics Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrchancnts command to clear the statistics counters for all connections on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

clrchancnts

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, clrchancnt, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchancnt, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xclrchancnt, xcnfchan, xdspchancnt



Example

Clear the statistics for all channels on the FRSM card in slot 30.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrchancnts






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrmsgcnt

clrmsgcntClear Control Message Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrmsgcnt command to clear the count of control messages (management cells) for the current FRSM card.

Syntax

clrmsgcnt

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dspmsgcnt



Example

Clear the message counters for the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrmsgcnt






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrportcnt

clrportcntClear Port Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrportcnt command to clear counter values on a specified port associated with the current FRSM.

Syntax

clrportcnt <port_ num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrportcnts, dspportcnt, dspports, xclrportcnt, xdspportcnt, xdspports



Example

Clear the counters on port 6 of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrportcnt 6


port_ num Port number on which to delete the counters. Use the dspports or xdspports command to view the configured ports.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrportcnts

clrportcntsClear Port Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrportcnts command to clear all port counters on the current FRSM.

Syntax

clrportcnts

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrportcnt, dspportcnt, dspports, xclrportcnt, xdspportcnt, xdspports



Example

Clear the counters on all ports of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrportcnts






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrsarcnt

clrsarcntClear SAR Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrsarcnt command to clear the Segmentation And Reassembly (SAR) counter statistics for a specific connection.


clrsarcnt -chn <ChanNum|Port.DLCI>


clrsarcnt <Port.DLCI|chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrsarcnts, dspsarcnt, dspsarcnts



Example

Clear the SAR counters for channel 35 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrsarcnt 35


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection counters to be cleared using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

ChanNum, chan_num

Specify the channel for the connection counters to be cleared. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrsarcnts

clrsarcntsClear SAR Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrsarcnts command to clear the Segmentation And Reassembly (SAR) counter statistics for all connections on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

clrsarcnts

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrsarcnt, dspsarcnt, dspsarcnts



Example

Clear the SAR counters on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrsarcnts






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrscrn

clrscrnClear Screen—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrscrn command to clear any previous commands from the session screen or window.

Syntax

clrscrn

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clear, cls

Attributes

Example

After you enter the clrscrn command, the only text that appears on the screen is the CLI prompt.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrslftst

clrslftstClear Self-Test—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrslftst command to clear the pass and fail columns in the self test table, which you can view with the dspslftsttbl command.

Syntax

clrslftst

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfslftst, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Clear the pass and fail columns in the self test table on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrslftst


Log: No State: Any State Privilege: Any User



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceclrtaskinfo

clrtaskinfoClear Task Information—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrtaskinfo command to clear the task information counters that can be displayed with the dsptaskinfo command.

Syntax

clrtaskinfo

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dsptaskinfo

Attributes

Example

Clear the task information counters.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrtaskinfo


Log: No State: Any Privilege: Service Group



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecls

clsClear Screen—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cls command to clear any previous commands from the session screen or window.

Note To activate this command, change cards to the active PXM1E or PXM45 and use the smclrscrn <enable|disable> command. The CESM clrscrn command does not have this requirement and is the recommended command to use.

Syntax

cls

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clear, clrscrn

Attributes

Example

After you enter the cls command, the only text that appears on the screen is the CLI prompt.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchan

cnfchanConfigure Channel—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchan command to modify a channel configuration.

Syntax

cnfchan <chan_num> <routing_priority> <max_cost> <restricted_trunk_type> <pct_util>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfcon, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Modify channel 19 to use only 50 percent of the bandwidth available on satellite links.

PXM1E_SJ1.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfchan 19 8 2147483647 3 50

PXM1E_SJ1.1.11.VHSHS2B.a >

chan_num Specify the channel to be modified. You can view channel information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

routing_priority Routing priority for this connection. Range is 1 to 15.

max_cost Maximum end-to-end cost for the channel. Range is 1 to 2147483647.

restricted_trunk_type Trunk restriction type. To restrict the channel routing to terrestrial trunks, enter -type 2. To restrict the channel routing to satellite trunks, enter -type 3. To enable channel routing without trunk restrictions, enter -type 1.

pct_util Percent utilization. Range is 1 to 100 percent.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanabrparams

cnfchanabrparamsConfigure Channel ABR Parameters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanabrparams command to configure ABR parameters for a specific connection on the current FRSM.

The configuration options of the cnfchanabrparms command are a subset of the cnfchanstdabr command.

Syntax

cnfchanabrparams <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM> <rif > <rdf> <nrm> <trm> <tbe> <frtt> <adtf> <cdf>

Syntax Description

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be configured using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

CHAN_NUM Specify the channel for the connection to be configured. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

rif The Rate Increase Factor controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell. RIF is a power of 2.

Range: 1–32768 (in steps of power of 2)

rdf The Rate Decrease Factor controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2.


nrm The Inrate Cell Count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM cell.


trm The maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.

Range: 3–255 msec

tbe The Transient Buffer Exposure is the negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns.

Range: 0–16777215 cells

frtt The Fixed Round Trip Time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back.

Range: 0–16700 msec

adtf The ACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.


cdf The Cutoff Decrease Factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanabrparams

Related Commands

cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchans, dspchanstdabr, dspcons, dspfeature, dspstdabrctrl

Attributes

Example

Change the trm parameter from 255 ms to 100 ms on channel 17 of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfchanabrparams 17 64 16 64 100 16777215 0 500 16





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanabrrates

cnfchanabrratesConfigure Channel ABR Rates—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanabrrates command to configure the rate parameters for a specific ABR channel.

The configuration options of the cnfchanabrrates command are a subset of the cnfchanstdabr command.

Syntax

cnfchanabrrates <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM> <mcr> <pcr> <icr>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanstdabr, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchans, dspchanstdabr, dspcons, dspfeature, dspstdabrctrl


CHAN_NUM Specify the channel for the connection to be configured. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

mcr Minimum cell rate (MCR) allowed. The peak cell rate (PCR) and the MCR define the allowable cell rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR includes bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C Range: 10–10000 cells/sec

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C Range: 10–10000 cells/sec

• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B Range: 10–198412 cells/sec

pcr Peak cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the allowable cell rate (ACR) range. The PCR includes bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the in-rate RM cps.




icr Initial cell rate is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period.






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanabrrates

Attributes

Example

Change the MCR on channel 17 of the current FRSM card from 30720 cps to 25000 cps.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfchanabrrates 17 25000 30720 30720





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchancacoff

cnfchancacoffConfigure Channel CAC Off—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchancacoff command to turn off the connection admission control (CAC) function for a channel.

Tip You can use the cnfcon command to turn CAC on or off.

Syntax

cnfchancacoff <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfcon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

On current FRSM in slot 30, turn off the connection admission control (CAC) function on channel 35.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfchancacoff 35


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the channel for which you are modifying the policing parameter using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

CHAN_NUM Specifies the channel number for which you are modifying the policing parameter. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanegressq

cnfchanegressqConfigure Channel Egress Queue—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanegressq command to configure the egress queue for a specified channel. To view existing egress queue configuration values, use the dspchan command.


cnfchanegressq <Port.DLCI|ChanNum> <QSel> <QDepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>


cnfchanegressq <Port.DLCI|ChanNum> <QDepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>

Syntax Description

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be modified using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

ChanNum Specify the channel for the connection to be modified. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

QSel Egress queue select. A simple ratio-based, two-queue algorithm is supported:

• 1 = High-priority queue, usually used for constant bit rate (CBR) connections.

• 2 = Low-priority queue (default).

Note To select the egress queue servicing algorithm type for the FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, and the FRSM-HS2/B cards, use the cnfegrservtype command.

QDepth Egress queue depth. This setting is the maximum allowable depth for the queue before it starts dropping frames.

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C range: 4510-65535 bytes

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C range: 4510-65535 bytes

• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B range: 4510–2097151 bytes

Default: 65535 bytes



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanegressq

Related Commands

cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of egress queue for channel 16 to set the priority to high, the maximum queue depth to 65535, the Discard Eligible threshold to 32767, and the ECN threshold to 65535.

spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanegressq 16 1 65535 32767 65535spirit.1.27.FRSM.a >

QDEThresh Egress queue DE Threshold. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the frames are tagged as discard eligible (DE).





QECNThresh Egress queue ECN Threshold. The explicit congestion notification (ECN) threshold defines the maximum depth for the queue before congestion bits (FECN and BECN) are set on the frames.




Default: 6553 bytes




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchaneir

cnfchaneirConfigure Channel EIR—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchaneir command to configure the Frame Relay policing parameter excess information rate (EIR), which is the second bucket leak rate for a channel. No messages appear on the screen unless an error occurs.

Syntax

cnfchaneir <chan_num> <zerocireir>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaningressq, cnfegrq, cnfm32eqthresh, dspchan, dspchanpol, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons

Attributes

Example

Set the zero CIR EIR on channel 35 to 10,000 bps.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfchaneir 35 10000


chan_num Specifies the channel number you are configuring. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.

zerocireir Specifies the excess information rate for 0 CIR cases. The following are the values:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C: 0–1536000 bps

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C: 0–2048000 bps

• FRSM-2CT3: 0–1536000 bps

• FRSM-2T3: 0–44210000 bps

• FRSM-2E3: 0–34010000 bps

• FRSM-HS2/B = 0–51840000 bps (HSSI back card)

• FRSM-HS2/B = 0–8192000 bps (12IN1-8S back card)




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchaningressq

cnfchaningressqConfigure Channel Ingress Queue—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchaningressq command to configure the ingress queue for a specified channel. To view existing ingress queue configuration values, use the dspchan command.

Syntax

cnfchaningressq <Port.DLCI|ChanNum> <QDepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspservrate, queDsp

port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be modified using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

ChanNum Specify the channel for the connection to be modified. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

QDepth Ingress queue depth. This setting is the maximum allowable depth for the queue before it starts dropping frames.





QDEThresh Ingress queue DE Threshold. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the frames are tagged as discard eligible (DE).





QECNThresh Ingress queue ECN Threshold. The explicit congestion notification (ECN) threshold defines the maximum depth for the queue before congestion bits (FECN and BECN) are set on the frames.




Default: 6553 bytes



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchaningressq

Attributes

Example

On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of ingress queue for channel 16 to set the maximum queue depth to 65535, the DE threshold to 32767, and the ECN threshold to 65535.

spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchaningressq 16 65535 32767 65535spirit.1.27.FRSM.a >

Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Group 1



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanmap

cnfchanmapConfigure Channel Map—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanmap command to configure interworking for a specified channel and to modify the congestion (FECN) and priority (DE, CLP) mapping between the Frame Relay frames and ATM cells for a channel.

Syntax

cnfchanmap <Port.DLCI|chan_num> <chanType> <FECN/EFCI> <DE to CLP> <CLP to DE>

Syntax Description

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be configured using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


chanType Channel type.

• 1 = Frame Relay to ATM Network Interworking (NIW, FRF.5)





FECN/EFCI Maps the Frame Relay FECN bit to the ATM Explicit Forward Congestion Indication (EFCI) bit. FECN-to-EFCI mapping should be enabled only on Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) connections

• 1 = map EFCI (this option valid only for SIW)

• 2 = make EFCI 0

DE to CLP Maps the Frame Relay DE bit to the ATM Cell Loss Priority (CLP) bit.

• 1 = map DE to CLP

• 2 = make CLP 0

• 3 = make CLP 1

CLP to DE Maps the ATM CLP bit to the Frame Relay DE mapping.

• 1 = map CLP to DE

• 2 = make DE 0

• 3 = make DE 1

• 4 = ignore CLP (this option valid only for NIW and Frame Forwarding)



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanmap

Related Commands

dspchanmap

Attributes

Example

On the current FRSM in slot 30, change configuration of the interworking type and channel mapping for channel 16. Set the channel type to network interworking, set EFCI equal to 0, the DE to CLP mapping to map DE to CLP, and the CLP to DE mapping to map CLP to DE.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfchanmap 16 1 1 1





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanpol

cnfchanpolConfigure Channel Policing—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanpol command to configure the Frame Relay ingress policing parameters for a channel. No messages appear on screen unless an error occurs.

Syntax

cnfchanpol <Port.DLCI|chan_num> <cir> <bc> <be> <ibs> <detag> <egrat>

Syntax Description



cir Committed information rate (CIR) bps value, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 0–1536000

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 0–2048000

• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000



bc Committed burst rate, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C range: 0–65535 bytes

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C range: 0–65535 bytes


Default: 5100 bytes

Note The committed burst value cannot be 0 when the committed information rate is not 0. The committed burst value MUST be set to 0 when the committed information rate is set to 0.




Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfegrq, cnfm32eqthresh, dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, dspports, xcnfchan, xcnfport

Attributes

be Excess burst rate, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.




Default: 5100 bytes

Note The excess burst value cannot be 0 when the committed information rate is set to 0. Setting the excess burst rate to the maximum value supported by each individual card type will disable ingress policing. For example, setting Be = 65535 on the FRSM-8T1 will disable ingress policing.

ibs Initial burst size, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.




Default: 100 bytes

Note The initial burst size should be less than or equal to the value of the committed burst rate when the committed information rate is set to greater than 0. When the committed information rate is set to 0, the initial burst size MUST be set to 0.

detag Value to enable or disable ingress discard eligible (DE) tagging.

• 1 = enable

• 2 = disable (default)

egrat Egress service rate, in the range appropriate for the card.



• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000 bps

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000 bps

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000 bps







Example

On channel 17 of the current FRSM card, change the Bc value to 12500 bytes, the Be value to 10000 bytes, and enable ingress DE tagging.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > cnfchanpol 17 1536000 12500 10000 100 1 1536000

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchansrvrate

cnfchansrvrateConfigure Channel Service Rate—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchansrvrate command to configure the maximum scheduled service rate (in cells per second on a per channel/connection basis) of cells exiting the ingress VC queues on a FRSM card towards the cell bus of the MGX switch.

The cnfchansrvrate command provisions the service rate of a channel independent of the CIR rate of the connection. This feature separates the policing parameters (CIR, Bc, Be, IBS) from the service rate, providing you with more traffic management control over the connection.


cnfchansrvrate <Port.DLCI|chan_num> <srvord> <srvrate>


cnfchansrvrate <chan_num> <srvord> <srvrate>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspchans, dspcons, dspservrate

Attributes



srvord Channel service rate override programming option.

• 1 = enable

• 2 = disable

srvrate The actual channel service rate to be provisioned for the given channel (in cps).

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C Range: 10–10000

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C Range: 10-10000

• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B Range: 10–198412




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchansrvrate

Example

Configure the channel service rate on the current FRSM, channel 16, at 4000 cps, even though the CIR for the connection may be set to 0.

NODENAME.1.26.FRSM.a > cnfchansrvrate 16 1 4000NODENAME.1.26.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanstdabr

cnfchanstdabrConfigure Channel for Standard ABR—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanstdabr command to configure standard ABR parameters.

The FRSM-8T1/E1 supports only Terminating Standard ABR—source/destination behavior. While at least one control loop between source and destination end systems is required, you can choose to segment the control loop. Using this method, an intermediate switch can close the control loop and initiate a new control loop by behaving as both a destination and a new source. Source/destination behavior is useful when you need to reduce the length of individual control loops, or create separate control domains for administrative reasons.

Syntax

cnfchanstdabr <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM> <mcr> <pcr> <icr> <rif > <rdf> <nrm> <trm> <tbe> <frtt> <adtf> <cdf>

Syntax Description


CHAN_NUM Specifies the channel number you are configuring. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.

mcr Minimum cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.




pcr Peak cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.




icr Initial cell rate is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period.






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfchanstdabr

Related Commands

cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchanstdabr, dspchans, dspcons, dspfeature, dspstdabrctrl

Attributes

Example

Change the MCR to 28000 cps, the ICR to 30000 cps, and the trm value to 100 ms on channel 17 of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfchanstdabr 17 28000 30720 30000 64 16 64 100 16777215 0 500 16


rif Rate increase factor controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell.


rdf Rate decrease factor controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2.


nrm The inrate cell count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM cell.


trm The maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.

Range: 3–255 msec

tbe The transient buffer exposure is a negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns.


frtt The fixed round trip time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back.


adtf The ACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.


cdf Cutoff decrease factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfclktype

cnfclktypeConfigure Clock Type—FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfclktype command to configure the line clock type for a specific FRSM-HS2/B line.

Syntax

cnfclktype <line_num> <clock_type>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspln, dsplns

Attributes

Example

Set the line 1 clock type so that the receive clock is not inverted and the transmit clock is not looped.

Janus1.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfclktype 1 1

Janus1.1.11.VHSHS2B.a >

line_num Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to display the available lines.

clock_type Select the clock configuration for the line:

• RXC not inverted & TXC not looped = 1

• RXC inverted & TXC not looped = 2

• RXC not inverted & TXC looped = 3 (default)

• RXC inverted & TXC looped = 4




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfcon

cnfconConfigure Connection—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfcon command to modify a connection that was created with the addcon or addspvc command.

Syntax

cnfcon <Port.DLCI> <chan_type> <cir> [CAC]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans


chan_type Channel internetworking type. Set this option to one of the following:

• 1 = Frame Relay to ATM Network Interworking (NIW, FRF.5—default)





cir Committed information rate (CIR) bps value:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 0–1536000

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 0–2048000

• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000



CAC This optional parameter enables or disables Connection Admission Control (CAC). Select one of the following:

• 1 = Enable

• 2 = Disable (default)



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfcon



Example

Change connection on port 1, DLCI 16 to use a new CIR.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > cnfcon 1.16 1 32000






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfds3ln

cnfds3lnConfigure DS3 Line—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the optional cnfds3ln command to configure line characteristics after the line becomes active (see addln).

Syntax: FRSM-2T3, FRSM-2CT3

cnfds3ln <line_num> <line_type> <line_len> <clk_src>

Syntax: FRSM-2E3

cnfds3ln <line_num> <line_len> <clk_src>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

line_num Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dspds3lns command to display the available lines.

line_type Type of line to be configured.

• 1 = C-bit parity

• 2 = G.832_G.804

• 3 = M13

• 4 = G.751

Note For FRSM-2E3 only G.751 is supported.

line_len Length of line.


• 2 = greater than or equal to 225 feet

clk_src Dsx3 Xmt clock source.

• 1 = backplane clock (FRSM-2E3 only)

• 2 = recovery clock (FRSM-2T3 and FRSM-2E3 only)

• 3 = local clock (FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3, and FRSM-2E3)




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfds3ln

Example

Change the line 1 configuration to specify the longer line length.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > cnfds3ln 1 1 2 3

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfdsx3bert

cnfdsx3bertConfigure DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the cnfdsx3bert command to specify a pattern for bit error rate testing (BERT) on the FRSM.

Note This command fails when no lines are in loopback mode. See addds3loop and addds3rmtloop.

Syntax

cnfdsx3bert <line_num> <test- pattern>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

line_num DS3 line number, in the range 1–2 for FRSM-2T3E3.

test pattern DSX3 BERT pattern

• 1 = All Ones

• 2 = All Zeros

• 3 = Alternate One and Zero

• 4 = Double Ones and Zeroes

• 5 = 3 in 24

• 6 = 1 in 16

• 7 = 1 in 8

• 8 = 1 in 4

• 9 = Superframe Loop Up

• 10 = Superframe Loop Down

• 11 = ThreeBit (2^3-1)

• 12 = FourBit (2^4-1)

• 13 = FiveBit (2^5-1)

• 14 = SixBit (2^6-1)

• 15 = SevenBit (2^7-1)

• 16 = Fractional T1 Loop Up

• 17 = Fractional T1 Loop Down

• 18 = NineBit (2^9-1)

• 19 = TenBit (2^10-1)

• 20 = ElevenBit (2^11-1)

• 21 = FifteenBit (2^15-1)

• 22 = SeventeenBit (2^17-1)

• 23 = EighteenBit (2^18-1)

• 24 = TwentyBit (2^20-1)

• 25 = TwentyBit QRSS

• 26 = TwentyOneBit (2^21-1)

• 27 = TwentyTwoBit (2^22-1)

• 28 = TwentyThreeBit (2^23-1)

• 29 = TwentyFiveBit (2^25-1)

• 30 = TwentyEightBit (2^28-1)

• 31 = TwentyNineBit (2^29-1)

• 32 = ThirtyOneBit (2^31-1)

• 33 = ThirtyTwoBit (2^32-1)



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Configure BERT testing on line1 to use an all-zeros pattern.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > cnfdsx3bert 1 2





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfegrq

cnfegrqConfigure Egress Queue—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfegrq command to configure the egress queue parameters for a specific port.

Syntax

cnfegrq <port_num> <egr_serv_type> <Qdepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspports, dspservrate, queDsp

port_num Specify the number for the port you want to view. The dspports command lists all configured ports.

egr_serv_type Select the service type to view:

• Weighted fair queue, high Priority Queue = 1

• Weighted fair queue, rtVBR Queue = 2

• Weighted fair queue, nrtVBR Queue and ABR Queue = 3

• Weighted fair queue, UBR Queue = 4

• Ratio based queue, high Priority Queue = 1

• Ratio based queue, low Priority Queue = 2

Note Depending upon which egress port servicing algorithm was configured with the cnfegrservtype command, choose either the weighted fair queue service types or the ratio based queue service types. Use the dspegrservtype command to display the current egress port servicing algorithm configured on the current FRSM card.

Qdepth Egress port queue depth. This setting is the maximum allowable depth for the queue before it starts dropping frames. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 2097151.


QDEThresh Egress port queue DE threshold. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the frames are tagged as discard eligible (DE).Enter a number in the range of 0 to 2097151.


QECNThresh Egress port queue ECN Threshold. The explicit congestion notification (ECN) threshold defines the maximum depth for the queue before congestion bits (FECN and BECN) are set on the frames. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 2097151.

Default: 6553 bytes



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfegrq

Attributes

Example

Change the port egress queue parameters for port 1, service 1.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfegrq 1 1 65535 32767 32767





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfegrservtype

cnfegrservtypeConfigure Egress Servicing Type—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfegrservtype command to change the egress port servicing algorithm. Egress port queue servicing type is a card-level option and must be configured before adding any ports.

You can choose either a four-queue, weighted fair queuing (WFQ) algorithm with quality of service (QoS) guaranteed, or a simple two-queue ratio based queuing (RBQ) algorithm without quality of service. The WFQ algorithm supports the following four egress data queues: a high priority queue (for CBR traffic), a rt-VBR queue, one common queue for a nrt-VBR and ABR traffic, and a UBR queue. The RBQ algorithm supports a high priority queue and a low priority queue.

Syntax

cnfegrservtype <type>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfm32eqthresh, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

Configure the egress service type to use the two-queue ratio based queuing algorithm.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfegrservtype 99The card will be reset, Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y

(session fell back)

PXM1E_SJ.7.PXM.a >

type A value representing one of the following servicing types:

• 87 = WFQ algorithm with four queues (default).

• 99 = RBQ algorithm with two queues.

Log: No State: Active Privilege: Super Group



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfln

cnflnConfigure Line—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the optional cnfln command to configure line characteristics after the line becomes active (see addln).


cnfln <line_num> <line_code> <line_len> <clk_src> [E1-signalling/T1-Linetype]

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <clk_src>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B

cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <serial_line_rate> [-intrtyp <interface_type>] [-freqth <dte_freq_thr>]

Syntax Description

line_num Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to display the available lines. Range of lines:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C = 1 to 8

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 56

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card = 1-2

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-12IN1-8S back card = 1 to 8

line_code Select the line coding:

• B8ZS (T1) = 2

• HDB3 (E1) = 3

• AMI (T1/E1) = 4

line_len Enter the length of the line:

• T1 range:

– 0 to 131 feet = 10

– 131 to 262 feet = 11

– 262 to 393 feet = 12

– 393 to 524 feet = 13

– 524 to 655 feet = 14

– >655 feet = 15

• E1 (with SMB line module) = 8

• E1 (with RJ48 line module) = 9




Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

clk_src Dsx1 clock source.

• 1 = loop clock

• 2 = local clock

E1-signalling,

T1-Linetype

This option selects E1 signalling methods or T1 line types. Enter the keyword for the signalling combination listed below:

E1 signalling methods:

• CAS, no CRC = CAS

• CAS with CRC = CAS_CRC

• CCS, no CRC = CCS

• CCS, with CRC = CCS_CRC

• Clear E1 = CLEAR

T1 Line types:

• dsx1 ESF = ESF

• dsx1 D4 = D4

line_type For FRSM-2CT3 cards, select the line type from the following:

• 1 = dsx1 ESF

• 2 = dsx1 D4

For FRSM-HS2/B cards, select the line type from the following:

• DTE = 1

• DCE = 2


serial_line_rate Specify a serial line rate from the following ranges:

• HSSI: 48000 to 51840000 bps

• V.35/X.21: 48000 to 8192000 bps

Note Specify the serial line rate in multiples of 1000. For example, the following are valid line rates: 50000, 51835000, 10238000.


• X.21 = 2







Example

On the current FRSM-8T1, configure line 6 for a line length greater than 655 feet and leave the other parameters set to the defaults.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfln 6 2 15 2




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnflnloop

cnflnloopConfigure Line Loop—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the cnflnloop command to enable or disable loopback code detection on a specified line. Enabling loopback code detection allows a line to detect inband loopback activate and deactivate codes.

Upon detecting a loopback activate code, the line goes into remote loopback. Upon receiving a loopback deactivate code, the line comes out of remote loopback. The loopback deactivate code is honored only if the line was put into remote loopback by loopback activate code. If loopback code detection is disabled while the line is in remote loopback caused by loopback activate code, the line will fall out of remote loopback. The types of equipment that can generate loopback activate codes include the SRM, BERT enabled routers, and DSU/CSU test equipment.

For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

Tip Use the dspln command to display the configuration for loopback mode.

Syntax

cnflnloop <line_num> <lpbkCodeDetection>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addlnloop, dellnloop, dspln, dsplns

Attributes

Example

Enable code detection for line 6 in loopback mode.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnflnloop 6 2

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

line_num Line number for which you want to configure loopback code detection. Use the dsplns command to view the available lines.

lpbkCodeDetection Loopback code detection parameter.

• Disable code detection = 1

• Enable code detection = 2




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnflnsubrate

cnflnsubrateConfigure Line Subrate—FRSM-2T3E3

Use the cnflnsubrate command to configure the T3/E3 line subrate mode.

Normally, the FRSM-2T3E3 lines operate at full T3E3 line rate. This command allows the user to enable support for fractional/subrate T3E3 service support on a per line basis. Configuring a line for subrate mode is typically used to resize the bandwidth used between two nodes with dissimilar physical link capacities. Such support is generally proprietary in nature, and must be configured to match the specific vendor DSU equipment usually installed in the customer premise end of the FRSM line, hence the vendor specific configuration options provided.

This command provides T3/E3 line subrates for Digital Link and ADC Kentrox DSUs.

Note Larscom DSUs are not supported in this release.

Syntax

cnflnsubrate <line_num> <dsu_subrate_ena> <dsu_select> <dsu_scramble_ena> <dsu_line_rate >

Syntax Description

.

line_num DS3 line number. Use the dspds3lns command to view the lines available for configuration.

dsu_subrate_ena DS3 SubRate enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

dsu_select DS3 DSU select.

• Digital Link 3100 Mode = 1

• ADC-Kentrox = 2

• Larscom = 3 (This option is not supported)

• G.751 clear channel = 4



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnflnsubrate

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, xcnfln

Attributes

Example

Enable subrate mode for line 1, select ADC-Kentrox mode, disable scrambling, and select the minimum rate.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > cnflnsubrate 1 2 2 1 1000


dsu_scramble_ena DSU line scrambling:

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

dsu_line_rate Enter a line rate that falls within the subrate range and is a multiple of the step value listed below.

• T3, DL3100—Subrate range: 300 to 44100, Step: 300, Full rate: 44210Kbps

• T3, ADC-Kentrox Mode—Subrate range: 1500 to 35000, Step: 500, Full rate: 44210Kbps

• E3, DL3100—Subrate range: 358 to 34010, Step: 358, Full rate: 34010Kbps

• E3, ADC-Kentrox Mode—Subrate range: 1000 to 24500, Step: 500, Full rate: 34099Kbps

• E3, ClearCh—Subrate range: N/A, Step: N/A, Full rate: 34099Kbps

Note The Clear Channel selection requires that the dsu_subrate_ena parameter be set to disabled.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfm32eqthresh

cnfm32eqthreshConfigure M32 Egress Queue Threshold—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the cnfm32eqthresh command to assign a M32 egress queue threshold value to a port.

Syntax

cnfm32eqthresh <portNum> <threshold>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspports, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

Set the M32 threshold queue value for port 6 to 5000 bytes.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfm32eqthresh 6 5000


portNum Enter the port number that you want to configure. To display a list of available ports, use the dspports command.

threshold Enter a threshold value in the range of 1 to 6000 bytes. Default is 6000.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfoamlpbk

cnfoamlpbkConfigure OAM Loopback—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfoamlpbk command to configure the OAM loopback test. The OAM loopback test is used to determine the continuity of connections and to generate alarms if the continuity test fails. The OAM loopback test is performed on all active (failed/alarm or clear) connections on the current FRSM card.

This nonintrusive test sends OAM cells to an idle connection, one not receiving data for a whole minute, to verify connection continuity. No remote end loopback is necessary for this test to run. OAM cells are automatically recognized and returned without the need for the remote end to be looping back all data. If the endpoints reside in FastPacket cards, then “test delay” cells are transmitted instead of OAM loopback cells.

The OAM cell is initiated at an endpoint and sent into the network, where it will be returned by the card at the remote end of the connection. (Note that the cells do not go through NNI trunks.) When ten consecutive cells are not received, the connection is declared failed. The test logs alarms when significant continuous cell loss is encountered.

Once a failed connection is detected, the local end from which the test started sends a network message to the endpoint node indicating a failure. This provides consistent network views for both ends of the connection.

Syntax

cnfoamlpbk <dis/enb> <frequency>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnftrafficgen, dspoamlpbk, dsptrafficgen



dis/enb One of the following actions:

• 1 = OamRas enabled

• 2 = OamRas disabled

frequency Frequency at which the loopback cells are sent.

Range: 1–10 min





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfoamlpbk

Example

Enable OAM loopback cells every 10 minutes on the current FRSM card.

Corvette.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfoamlpbk 1 10

Corvette.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfport

cnfportConfigure Port—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfport command to modify the most commonly changed characteristics of a FRSM port. Verify the configuration using the dspport command.

Syntax

cnfport <portNum> <lmiSig> <asyn> <ELMI> <T391> <T392> <N391> <N392> <N393> [lmi_autosense]

Syntax Description

port Num Specify the number for the port you want to configure. The dspports command lists all configured ports.

lmiSig LMI signaling protocol type.

• None = N (default)

• Strata LMI = S

• Annex A UNI = au

• Annex D UNI = du

• Annex A NNI = an

• Annex D NNI = dn

Note When LMI is configured, the maximum number of connections per port for Strata LMI port is 560 and for Annex A/D UNI/NNI port is 898.

asyn Enables or disables asynchronous updates.

• Update Status (UPD) and Unsolicited Full Status (UFS) disabled = n or 1 (default)

• UPD enabled = y or 2

• UFS enabled = 3

• UPD and UFS enabled = 4

ELMI Enable or disable enhanced LMI.

• Disable = n or N (default)

• Enable = y or Y

T391 T391 timer. This setting is the interval in seconds for UNI status polling.

Range: 5–30 sec

Default: 10

T392 T392 timer. This setting is the interval in seconds for NNI status polling.

Range: 5–30 sec

Default: 15



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfport

Related Commands

addport, copyports, delport, delports, dspport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Change the LMI signaling for port 8 to Strata LMI and leave all other parameters set to the default values.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfport 8 s n n 10 15 6 3 4

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

N391 N391 counter. This setting establishes the number of UNI/NNI polling cycles.

Range: 1–255

Default: 6

N392 N392 counter. This setting is the UNI/NNI error threshold.

Range: 1–10

Default: 3

N393 N393 counter. This setting is the UNI/NNI monitored events threshold, which must be greater than N392.

Range: 1–10

Default = 4

lmi_autosense LMI autosense. With LMI autosense enabled the frame relay port will detect and configure its LMI signaling type to that of the LMI signaling type configured on the attached CPE. If LMI autosense is set to manual, the user must configure the LMI signaling type by using the lmiSig option above or use the addport or xcnfport commands.

• 1 = Manual (default)

• 2 = AutoSense





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfportcllm

cnfportcllmConfigure Port CLLM—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfportcllm command to modify Consolidated Link Layer Management (CLLM) parameters for a specified port on the current FRSM card. CLLM frames are used to exchange connection congestion information via an NNI to allow the ForeSight algorithm to regulate the flow of traffic on each connection based on congestion in the local network as well as congestion in an attached network. CLLM allows the ForeSight feature to extend beyond local network boundaries to another attached Cisco WAN switching network or to an attached Cisco router that supports the ForeSight feature.

CLLM congestion messages are part of a dynamic and adaptive traffic shaping mechanism. When congestion is detected in the frame relay network, ForeSight is used to asynchronously notify other network switches to slow down traffic into the network across the NNI. Attached CPE are also informed of congestion in the network, and if the CPE supports ForeSight, then the CPE throttles back on sending traffic into the network.

Use the dspport command to view the CLLM configuration for a port.

Note The PXM45 and PXM1E does not support the ForeSight feature. It is recommended to use standard ABR (if available) on Frame Relay connections that route through PXM45 and PXM1E backbone networks

Syntax

cnfportcllm <portNum> <CLLMEN> <CLLMTM>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfport, dspport, dspports, xcnfport

Attributes

portNum Specify the number for the port you want to configure. The dspports command lists all configured ports.

CLLMEN Enable or disable CLLM.


• 2 = enable

Note LMI NNI signalling must be enabled to enable CLLM (see cnfport).

CLLMTM CLLM timer. This setting is the time interval between successive CLLM congestion messages sent across the NNI or to the attached CPE device. A useful value is typically within the 50-150 ms range.

Range: 40–5000 ms

Default: 1000 (1 sec)




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfportcllm

Example

Enable CLLM on port 8 and set the timer to 1 second.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfportcllm 8 2 1000

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfrdimapenbl

cnfrdimapenblConfigure RDI Map Enable—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfrdimapenbl command to map RDI to the A-bit. With RDI to A-bit mapping enabled, the LMI

A-bit will be put into an inactive state (A=0) in respond to a Remote Defect Indication (RDI) from the net-

work. This allows the attached CPE to find another route in the event of the failure in the frame relay (FR)

network.

The A-bit is a status bit in the LMI messages exchanged between the FR port and the attached CPE device.

The A-bit indicates that the FR connection for that DLCI is active or inactive. Generally, a router will not

send packets to an inactive interface, regarding the FR connection as out of service if A=0. The network will

set A=1 when the network considers the circuit to be active, and fault free. Our switches will also set A=0 if

the remote end LMI session to the remote router has A=0. We will also set A=0 if there is a fault in our net-

work, such as connection failure, OAM loopback test failure, etc.

RDI is an alarm state on a sonet APS protected interface, which indicates a remote defect detected at the remote end of the APS protected path. RDI to A-bit mapping adds the capability of setting A=0 in the event that a remote ATM endpoint is in an APS RDI alarm state.

Syntax

cnfrdimapenbl <enable|disable>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dsprdimapenbl

Attributes

Example

Enable RDI mapping on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > cnfrdimapenbl 1Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y


enable|disable To enable RDI mapping:

• 1 = Enable RDI to Abit mapping

• 0 = Disable RDI to Abit mapping (default)




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfrscprtn

cnfrscprtnConfigure Resource Partition—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfrscprtn command to modify a resource partition configuration for a specific port. A resource partition assigns port resources such as bandwidth and a DLCI range to a specific controller such as PNNI. In this release, a PNNI resource partition is automatically created when a port is created, and all resources are assigned to the PNNI controller.

Syntax

cnfrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr_type> <pct_bw_ingr> <pct_bw_egr> <min_dlci> <max_dlci> <max_lcn> <cntrlr_id>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addrscprtn, dsprscprtn, delrscprtn, dspports, xcnfportrscprtn


cntrlr_type Controller for this partition:

• PAR = 1

• PNNI = 2

• MPLS = 3








• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfrscprtn



Example

The following example changes the default lower DLCI value to 16 and leaves all other resource partition values set to the default values.

PXM1E_SJ1.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfrscprtn 6 2 100 100 16 1023 1000 2






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfslftst

cnfslftstConfigure Self-Test—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfslftst command to enable or disable self testing and to configure how often the tests are run on the current FRSM card. After enabling self testing with the cnfslftst command, use the runslftst command to choose the test to run and begin testing. At the ending of testing, use the cnfslftst command to disable testing.

Syntax

cnfslftst -en <SelftestEnable> -tm <SelftestPeriod>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrslftst, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, runslftstno



Example

The following example enables self testing and configures the testing to repeat every minute.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfslftst -en 2 -tm 1


-en This option enables or disables self testing. Replace SelftestEnable with one of the following values:

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

-tm This option defines the period, in minutes, between self-tests. The range is 1 to 60.

Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Any User

Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any User



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfstdabrctrl

cnfstdabrctrlConfigure Standard ABR Control—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfstdabrctrl command to set the standard ABR control options for the current FRSM card.

Note This command resets the FRSM card.

Syntax

cnfstdabrctrl <option>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspstdabrctrl


Example

Configure the current card to enable both standard ABR control options.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfstdabrctrl 4

The Card needs to be RESET for the feature to take effectDo you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y

(session fell back)

PXM1E_SF.1.PXM.a >

Note The FRSM card will appear to hang when it gets reset. Press Return to force the switch to fall back to the active PXM1E card. When the card reset is complete, you can use the cc command to switch back to the FRSM card.

option Enter the number that corresponds to the control options you want to use:

• No RM cells & NO Mapping = 1

• NO RM cells, but mapping is enabled = 2

• RM cells are generated but NO mapping = 3 (default)

• Both RM cells and Mapping is enabled = 4 (This option is only available on the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C cards.)




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnftrafficgen

cnftrafficgenConfigure Traffic Generation Test—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnftrafficgen command to configure a traffic generation test. The traffic generation feature aids in debugging network problems without having to install dedicated test equipment.

This test is used for troubleshooting cell loss and is intended for use with defective connections. This test is enabled or disabled at a connection level, not at a card level. By using a loopback on the other end of the connection, data integrity can be tested in both directions.

The traffic generation test transmits a stream of frames on a selected channel. This test is intrusive and will disrupt traffic on the connection. Only one traffic generation test can be conducted at a time on the current FRSM card.


cnftrafficgen <Port.DLCI|pvc_num> <action> <num_frames> <pattern_type >


cnftrafficgen <pvc_num> <action> <num_frames> <pattern_type >

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrchancnt, clrchancnts, clrportcnt, clrportcnts, cnfoamlpbk, dspchancnt, dspchans, dspcons, dspoamlpbk, dspportcnt, dsptrafficgen

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be tested using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

pvc_num Specifies the channel number you are testing. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.

action One of the following actions:

• 1 = start

• 2 = stop

• 3 = abort

num_frames Number of frames.

Range: 1–40960000

pattern_type Pattern types.

• All zeros = 1 (default)

• All ones = 2

• All fives = 3

• All As = 4



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnftrafficgen



Example

Start traffic generation test on connection 16 using 50 frames and an all-ones pattern.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnftrafficgen 16 1 50 1

Wait for the prompt......Starting Test

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

Example

Stop traffic generation test on connection Port 8, DLCI 16.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnftrafficgen 8.16 2

Wait for the prompt.......Stopping Test

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecnfunit391

cnfunit391Configure UNI T391—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the cnfunit391 command to change the current setting for the UNI T391 timer on the current FRSM card. This setting is the interval in seconds for UNI line integrity status polling.

Syntax

cnfunit391 <UNI_T391>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfport, dspport, dspunit391, xcnfport


Example

Configure the FRSM UNI T391 timer for 10 seconds.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfunit391 10


UNI_T391 Enter a timer value in the range of 2 to 30 seconds.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecopychans

copychansCopy Channels—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the copychans command to copy a channel configuration onto one or more channels. This command enables you to create and configure multiple channels from a specified “template” channel.

Syntax

copychans <template chan #> <start chan #> <start dlci> <# of chans> [<start remote VPI> <start remote VCI>]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfcon, delchan, delchans, dspchans, dspcons, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

Copy slave connection 16 ten times, using starting channel number 17 and starting DLCI 89.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > copychans 16 17 89 10

Local Connection ID is : 4700918100000000001a492344000001015b0800.11.108




template chan # Specifies the channel number you are using as a template. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.

start chan # Starting channel number. Use the dspcons or dspchans commands to see which channels are already being used.

start dlci Starting DLCI number. You can use the dspcons or dspchans commands to see which DLCIs are already being used.

# of chans Specify the number of channels you want to create using the template channel configuration.

start remote VPI This option allows you to specify a starting remote virtual path identifier (VPI) for the connections you are creating.

start remote VCI This option allows you to specify a starting remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) for the connections you are creating.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecopychans







8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecopyports

copyportsCopy Ports—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3

Use the copyports command to create multiple ports on a channelized line. The first step is to create the port to be copied. Then use the copyports command to create the other ports.

Syntax

copyports <template port #> <start port #> <start time slot> <# of ports>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, delport, delports, dspport dspports

Attributes

Example

Copy port number 70 five times, using starting port number 71 and starting time slot 5.

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a > copyports 70 71 5 5

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a >

Tip On a T1 line with 24 time slots, this command results in 6 ports (the original plus 5 copies). This means that each port must use 4 time slots or fewer. It is a good practice to create your template port using the lowest slot numbers so that you can copy the template port to create ports that use the higher slot numbers.

template port # Number of the template port to be copied.

start port # The port number to use for the first copy. Any additional ports will use numbers that are higher than this number.

start time slot Starting time slot for the first copy. Any additional ports will use time slots above this number.

# of ports Number of ports to create from the copy.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencecpstobps

cpstobpsCells Per Second (cps) to Bits Per Second (bps)—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

The cpstobps command displays a speed value in bps after you enter a speed value in cps. It also displays the formula the software uses to translate between ATM speeds, which are measured in cps, and Frame Relay speeds, which are measured in bps.

The formula used in this command assumes a perfect fill of frame relay bits (48*8=384) into an ATM cell. It then modifies the perfect fill by a factor of 1.44x, which represents the actual overheads of packing 100 byte frame relay frames into ATM cells, including the AAL5 overheads and the last cell partial fill. This formula is only correct for a 100 byte frame size. For other frame lengths it is an approximation. It then rounds up the resulting bps rate by one.

Syntax

cpstobps <cps>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Determine the Frame Relay speed that corresponds to 38 cps.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cpstobps 38

bps = 10134 [formula used: ((cps*38400)/144)+1]


cps Cells per second. Enter a number in the range of 10 to 135000.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedelchan

delchanDelete Channel—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delchan command to delete a connection by specifying its logical channel number. This number is assigned by the switch when the connection is defined with the addcon command. You can view connection channel numbers in the LCN column of the dspcons command.

Syntax

delchan <chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchans, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Delete channel 29 on a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delchan 29(CHAN_DEL): Deleted Channel.. : 29


chan_num Channel number as it appears in the dspcons command display.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedelchanloop

delchanloopDelete Channel Loopback—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delchanloop command to delete a channel loopback from the current FRSM. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

Syntax

delchanloop <Port.DLCI|chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addchanloop, dspchans, dspcons, tstcon, tstdelay

Tip To view the loopback status of a connection, use the dspcon command and look for the line labeled ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState.

Attributes

Example

Remove channel loopback from channel 29 on a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delchanloop 29


port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be removed from channel loopback using the format Port.DLCI. You can view channel port and DLCI information with the dspcons and dspchans commands. The range of port numbers by card type is:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256




chan_num Enter the channel number for the port as it appears in the dspcons report.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedelchans

delchansDelete Channels—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delchans command to delete a range of Frame Relay connections by specifying the channel numbers. Channel numbers are assigned by the switch as each connection is defined with the addcon command. You can view connection channel numbers in the LCN column of the dspcons command.

Syntax

delchans <start chan #> <# of chans>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Delete channels 32 through 33 on a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delchans 32 2(CHAN_DEL): Deleted Channel.. : 32(CHAN_DEL): Deleted Channel.. : 33


start chan # Enter a channel number as it appears in the dspcons command display.

# of chans Number of consecutive channels to delete.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedelcon

delconDelete Connection—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delcon command to remove a connection from the FRSM card.

Syntax

delcon <Port.DLCI>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delchans, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Delete connection 1.20 from a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delcon 1.20 (CHAN_DEL): Deleted Channel.. : 28


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be deleted using the format Port.DLCI. You can view channel port and DLCI information with the dspcons and dspchans commands. The range of port numbers by card type is:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256







Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedelds3loop

delds3loopDelete DS3 Loop—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the delds3loop command to remove the loopback feature assigned to a DS3 line with either the addds3loop or addds3rmtloop commands. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

Note On the FRSM-2CT3 use the dellnloop command to remove any of the 56 individual DS1 lines from local or remote loopback mode.

Syntax

delds3loop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3loop, addds3rmtloop, addlnloop, addrmtloop, dellnloop, dspds3ln, dspds3lns

Attributes

Example

Delete the line loopback from line 1 of the current FRSM 2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > delds3loop 1


line_num Enter the line number, which is either 1 or 2. Use the dspds3ln command to determine the loopback status of a line.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedeldsx3bert

deldsx3bertDelete DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the deldsx3bert command to end the current BERT test and clear BERT counters.

Syntax

deldsx3bert

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Stop the current BERT test.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > deldsx3bert





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedelln

dellnDelete Line—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delln command to bring down a line.

Syntax

delln <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addln, cnfln, dspln, dspds3lns, dsplns

Attributes

Example

Delete line 8 on a FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > delln 8


line_num Number of the line to be deleted. For a list of the lines on the current card, enter the dsplns or dspds3lns command




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedellnloop

dellnloopDelete Line Loop—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dellnloop command to remove the loopback feature assigned to a line with either the addlnloop or addrmtloop commands. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

Note On the FRSM-2CT3 use the dellnloop command to remove any of the 56 DS1 lines from local or remote loopback mode. Use the delds3loop command to remove the DS3 line from loopback mode.

Syntax

dellnloop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3loop, addds3rmtloop, addlnloop, addrmtloop, delds3loop, dspds3ln, dspln

Attributes

Example

Remove the local loopback from line 8 on a FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dellnloop 8


line_num Number of the line to be removed from loopback in the range appropriate for the card.

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C = 1–8

• FRSM-2CT3 =1-56

• FRSM-HS2/B:

– HSSI back card = 1-2

– 12IN1-8S back card = 1-8

Use the dspln command to determine the loopback status of a line.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedelport

delportDelete Port—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delport command to remove Frame Relay services from a line on an FRSM card.

Syntax

delport <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, delports, dspport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Delete port 16 on a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delport 16


port_num Number of the port to be deleted. Use the dspports command to view all provisioned ports on the current FRSM card.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedelports

delportsDelete Ports—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3

Use the delports command to remove a specified number of contiguous port configurations.

No messages appear on-screen with successful completion of this command.

Syntax

delports <start port #> <# of ports>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, copyports, delports, dspport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Delete ports 3 and 4 on a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delports 3 2


start port # Start port number to be deleted.

# of ports Number of contiguous ports to be deleted.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedelrscprtn

delrscprtnDelete Resource Partition—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delrscprtn command to delete a resource partition configuration from a specific port.

Syntax

delrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr_type> <cntrlr_id>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn, dspports, dsprscprtn, xcnfportrscprtn



Example

The following example deletes a resource partition from a port.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > delrscprtn 6 2 2


port_num Port number from which to delete the partition. Use the dspports command to view the available ports.

cntrlr_type Controller for this partition. Enter 2, as the PNNI controller is the only controller supported in this release.

• PAR = 1

• PNNI = 2

• MPLS = 3

cntrlr_id Enter the controller ID assigned to the partition you are deleting. To display the controller ID, use the dsprscprtn command.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedncon

dnconDown Connection—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dncon command to bring down a connection.

Note This command operates only on master endpoints.

Syntax

dncon <Port.DLCI> or <Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, cnfcon, delcon, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

Bring down the connection on port 1, DLCI 32.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dncon 1.32


port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be brought down using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons command.

Channel Number Specify the channel number for the connection to be brought down. You can view connection information with the dspcons command.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspalm

dspalmDisplay Alarm—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspalm command to display the active alarms associated with a specific line on the current FRSM card.


dspalm -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

dspalm <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

dspalm <-ds1|-ds3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B (MGX-12IN1-8S back card)

dspalm -x21 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B (MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card)

dspalm -hssi <LineNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralm, clralms, dspalms, xcnfalm

Attributes

Example

Display the alarm for line 2 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspalm -ds1 2

LineNum: 2 LineAlarmState: Alarm(s) On -- RcvLOS LineStatisticalAlarmState: No Statistical Alarms


LineNum Line number for the line you want to display. Use dsplns or dspds3lns to view the available lines.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspalmcnf

dspalmcnfDisplay Alarm Configuration—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspalmcnf command to display the alarm configuration for a specified line.


dspalmcnf -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

dspalmcnf <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

dspalmcnf <-ds1|-ds3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B

dspalmcnf -x21 <LineNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspalm, dspalms, dsplns, dspds3lns, xcnfalm

Attributes

Example

Display the alarm configuration for line 1 on the current FRSM-2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > dspalmcnf -ds3 1

LineNum: 1 RedSeverity: Major RAISeverity: Minor NEAlarmUpCount: 3 NEAlarmDnCount: 2 NEAlarmThreshold: 300 FEAlarmUpCount: 3 FEAlarmDnCount: 2 FEAlarmThreshold: 300 StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor LCV15minThreshold: 3870

LineNum Line number for the line you want to display the alarm configuration. Use the dsplns or dspds3lns command to view the available lines.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspalmcnf

LCV24hrThreshold: 38650 LES15minThreshold: 86 LES24hrThreshold: 864 LSES15minThreshold: 4 LSES24hrThreshold: 40 PCV15minThreshold: 382 PCV24hrThreshold: 3820 PES15minThreshold: 86 PES24hrThreshold: 864 PSES15minThreshold: 4 PSES24hrThreshold: 40 CCV15minThreshold: 382 CCV24hrThreshold: 3820 CES15minThreshhold: 86 CES24hrThreshold: 864 CSES15minThreshold: 4 CSES24hrThreshold: 40 SEFS15minThreshold: 120 SEFS24hrThreshold: 1200 AISS15minThreshold: 120 AISS24hrThreshold: 1200 UAS15minThreshold: 120 UAS24hrThreshold: 1200



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspalmcnt

dspalmcntDisplay Alarm Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the dspalmcnt command to display the alarm counters for a line on the current FRSM card. The alarm counters indicate how many times each type of active alarm has occurred since the counters were last reset.


dspalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

dspalmcnt <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

dspalmcnt <-ds1|-ds3>- <LineNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralmcnt, xcnfalm, xcnfalmcnt

Attributes

Example

Display the alarm counters for line 1 on the current FRSM-8T1-C card.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspalmcnt -ds1 1

LineNum: 1 lCVCurrent: 0 lCVLast15minBucket: 0 lCVLast24hrBucket: 0 lESCurrent: 0 lESLast15minBucket: 0 lESLast24hrBucket: 0 lSESCurrent: 0 lSESLast15minBucket: 0 lSESLast24hrBucket: 0 cRCCurrent: 0 cRCLast15minBucket: 0 cRCLast24hrBucket: 0 cRCESCurrent: 0

LineNum Line number for the line for which you want to display the alarm counters. Use the dsplns or dspds3lns command to view the available lines.





cRCESLast15minBucket: 0 cRCESLast24hrBucket: 0 cRCSESCurrent: 0 cRCSESLast15minBucket: 0 cRCSESLast24hrBucket: 0 sEFSCurrent: 0 sEFSLast15minBucket: 0 sEFSLast24hrBucket: 0 aISSCurrent: 0 aISSLast15minBucket: 0 aISSLast24hrBucket: 0 uASCurrent: 0 uASLast15minBucket: 0 uASLast24hrBucket: 0 percentEFS: 100 RcvLOSCount: 0 RcvOOFCount: 0 RcvRAICount: 0 RcvFECount: 0


Display the ds3 alarm counters for line 1 on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspalmcnt -ds3 1

LineNum: 1 LCVCurrent: 0 LCVLast15minBucket: 0 LCVLast24hrBucket: 0 LESCurrent: 0 LESLast15minBucket: 0 LESLast24hrBucket: 0 LSESCurrent: 0 LSESLast15minBucket: 0 LSESLast24hrBucket: 0 PCVCurrent: 0 PCVLast15minBucket: 0 PCVLast24hrBucket: 0 PESCurrent: 0 PESLast15minBucket: 0 PESLast24hrBucket: 0 PSESCurrent: 0 PSESLast15minBucket: 0 PSESLast24hrBucket: 0 CCVCurrent: 0 CCVLast15minBucket: 0 CCVLast24hrBucket: 0 CESCurrent: 0 CESLast15minBucket: 0 CESLast24hrBucket: 0 CSESCurrent: 0 CSESLast15minBucket: 0 CSESLast24hrBucket: 0 SEFSCurrent: 0 SEFSLast15minBucket: 0 SEFSLast24hrBucket: 0 AISSCurrent: 0 AISSLast15minBucket: 0 AISSLast24hrBucket: 0 UASCurrent: 0 UASLast15minBucket: 0 UASLast24hrBucket: 0




PercentEFS: 100 RcvLOSCount: 0 RcvOOFCount: 0 RcvRAICount: 0 RcvCCVCount: 0 RcvFECount: 0

Display the ds1 alarm counters for line 1 on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspalmcnt -ds1 1

LineNum: 1 cRCCurrent: 0 cRCLast15minBucket: 0 cRCLast24hrBucket: 4 cRCESCurrent: 0 cRCESLast15minBucket: 0 cRCESLast24hrBucket: 2 cRCSESCurrent: 0 cRCSESLast15minBucket: 0 cRCSESLast24hrBucket: 0 sEFSCurrent: 0 sEFSLast15minBucket: 0 sEFSLast24hrBucket: 1 aISSCurrent: 0 aISSLast15minBucket: 0 aISSLast24hrBucket: 0 uASCurrent: 0 uASLast15minBucket: 0 uASLast24hrBucket: 0 RcvLOSCount: 0 RcvOOFCount: 1 RcvRAICount: 0 RcvFECount: 2



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspalms

dspalmsDisplay Alarms—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspalms command to display a summary of the active line alarms on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

dspalms -<lineType>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralm, clralms, dspalm, xcnfalm

Attributes

Example

Display the line alarms on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspalms -ds1

Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState ---- ----------- --------------------- 30.2 Alarm(s) On No Statistical Alarms 30.3 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 30.4 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 30.5 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 30.6 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 30.7 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 30.8 Alarm(s) On No Statistical Alarms


lineType Specify the line type on the current FRSM card you want to display.

• FRSM-8T1E1 and FRSM-8T1E1-C = ds1

• FRSM-2T3E3 = ds3 or e3

• FRSM-2CT3 = ds3 or ds1

• FRSM-HS2/B = x21




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspbufoverflow

dspbufoverflowDisplay Buffer Overflow—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspbufoverflow command to display the value of the FRSM data receive buffer overflow.

Syntax

dspbufoverflow

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display the FRSM data receive buffer overflow.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspbufoverflow

Data Receive Buffer Overflow: 0x00000000





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspcd

dspcdDisplay Card—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcd command to display information regarding the hardware, software, and operational status of the current FRSM card.

Syntax

dspcd

Note You can also display card information by entering the dspcd command on the PXM1E or PXM45 with the appropriate slot number. For example: dspcd 30. The command report that appears is different from the report that appears when you enter the dspcd command on the FRSM card.

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

version

Attributes

Example

Display information for the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspcd

ModuleSlotNumber: 11 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: FRSM-HS2B-12IN1 FunctionModuleSerialNum: SAG06102ACC FunctionModuleHWRev: ex FunctionModuleFWRev: 021.000.001.095-A FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by PXM LineModuleType: LM-12in1-8s LineModuleState: Present mibVersionNumber: 83 configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear

Front Card Info

pcb part no-(800 level): 800-17066-01 pcb part no-(73 level): 73-06948-01 pcb revision (800 level): A0 fab par no-(28 level): 28-05059-01 pcb serial no: SAG06102ACC




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspcd

clei code: BAA29X0AAA manufacturing eng: 0x0 rma test history1: 0x0 rma test history2: 0x0 rma history: 0x0 platform features: 0x0 self test result: 0x0

Back Card Info

pcb part no-(800 level): 800-18302-01 pcb part no-(73 level): 73-07236-01 pcb revision (800 level): A0 fab par no-(28 level): 28-05278-01 pcb serial no: SAG06132KNH clei code: BA2AFG0CAA manufacturing eng: 0x0 rma test history1: 0x0 rma test history2: 0x0 rma history: 0x0 PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspcderrs

dspcderrsDisplay Hardware Errors in BRAM—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcderrs command to display card-related errors on a FRSM card. No response messages appear on screen when there are no errors.

Syntax

dspcderrs

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrcderrs

Attributes

Example

Display any card errors for the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspcderrs





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspchan

dspchanDisplay Connection Using Channel Number—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchan command to display configuration and operation data for connection. This command produces the same report as the dspcon command, but you can specify the connection using the channel number instead of using the port and DLCI numbers.

Syntax

dspchan <chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchans, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Display the connection on channel 16.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspchan 16

------------------------------------------------------ ChanNum: 16 RowStatus: Add AdmnState: Up ChanState: Ok ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- PORT-ALARM CTRLR-ABIT E-AIS/RDI LMI-ABIT RAS FAIL ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NO NO NO NO NO ------------------------------------------------------

ChanNum: 16 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanAdminStatus: Up ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 16 EgressQSelect: n/a chanServType: CBR IngressQDepth: 65535 bytes IngressQDEThresh: 32767 bytes IngressQECNThresh: 6553 bytes EgressQDepth: 65535 bytes EgressQDEThresh: 32767 bytes

chan_num Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspchan

EgressQECNThresh: 6553 bytes DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 1536000 bps Bc: 5100 bytes Be: 5100 bytes IBS: 100 bytes ICR: 10 cps MCR: 10 cps PCR: 10 cps RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: Passed ChanRTDresult: 1 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: SPVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 1536000 bps ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Do not apply CAC ChanLocalVpi: 9 ChanLocalVci: 35 ChanLocalNSAP: 47009181000000000164444b61000001074b0100 ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR1 ChanRoutingPriority: 8 ChanPreferredRouteId: 0 ChanDirectedRoute: No ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 5760 cps ChanConnSCR: 5760 cps ChanConnMCR: 10 cps ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanConnRemotePCR: 5760 cps ChanConnRemoteSCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemoteMCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemotePercentUtil:100 ChanServiceTypeOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 4000 cps ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps Channel Reroute False RemoteConnMBS: 1024 cells


M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspchancnt

dspchancntDisplay Channel Statistics Count—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchancnt command to display detailed historical statistics for an ATM connection. Use this command to view the traffic being processed on a specific connection. Because the statistics are historical, you might want to clear them using the clrchancnt or clrchancnts command before beginning your testing or troubleshooting.

In the command output, the transmit (Tx) direction is from the service module and ATM network towards the CPE. The receive (Rx) direction is from the CPE towards the service module and ATM network.

Syntax

dspchancnt <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, clrchancnt, clrchancnts, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xclrchancnt, xcnfchan, xdspchancnt

Attributes

Example

Display the statistics for channel 16.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspchancnt 16

ChanNum: 16 ChanState: okay ChanUpTime: 1216657

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Sending A=1 Off ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 Frames Discarded: 0 0

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be displayed using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

Channel Number Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspchancnt

Bytes Discarded: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 BytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspchanmap

dspchanmapDisplay Channel Map—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchanmap command to view the interworking selection and the congestion (FECN) and priority (DE,CLP) mapping configuration between the Frame Relay frames and ATM cells for a channel.

Syntax

dspchanmap <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanmap

Attributes

Example

Display the channel mapping for channel port 5, DLCI 36.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspchanmap 5.36

chanNum chanType FECNmap DEmap CLPmap ------------- -------- ------- ------ ------ 35 NIW setEFCIzero mapCLP mapDE


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be displayed using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspchans

dspchansDisplay Channels—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchans command to display a summary of all the connections on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

dspchans

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addcon, cnfcon, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Display the connections on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspchans








Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspchanstdabr

dspchanstdabrDisplay Channel Standard ABR Parameters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchanstdabr command to display ABR parameters for a specific channel on a FRSM.

Syntax

dspchanstdabr <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchans, dspcons, dspfeature, dspstdabrctrl

Attributes

Example

Display the Standard ABR parameters configured on channel 16.

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a > dspchanstdabr 16

ChanNum: 16 MCR: 38 cps PCR: 38 cps ICR: 38 cps RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a >


CHAN_NUM Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspchstats

dspchstatsDisplay Channel Statistics—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3

Use the dspchstats command to view current statistics associated with a specific channel.

Syntax

dspchstats <line>.<1stDS0>.<DLCI>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, dspport, dspports, dspportstats

Attributes

Example

Display channel statistics for line 8, 1st_DS0 of 1, and DLCI of 16 for the current FRSM.

line Line number associated with the channel you want to view the statistics. To find the line number, first use the dspcons or dspchans command to identify the channel and the port associated with the channel you would like to view the statistics. Then use the dspport command to identify the line associated with that port on the current FRSM card. The line number can be found at the output of the PortLineNum entry. The lines available by card type are:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C: Range 1–8

• FRSM-2CT3: Range 1-56

1stDS0 First DS0 of the provisioned Frame Relay port associated with the channel in the range appropriate for the interface. To find the value of the first DSO, use the dspport command with the value of the port associated with the channel. The value can be found at the output of the PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0) entry.

• T1 range: 1–24

• E1 range (with CAS line signaling): 2–16, 18-32

• E1 range (with CCS line signaling): 2-32

• E1 range (with CLEAR line signaling): 1

Tip The nonchannelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards only support one port per line. Therefore, you should enter 1 (for the FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 with CLEAR signalling) or 2 (for the FRSM-8E1 with CAS or CCS signalling) for the first DS0.

DLCI DLCI of the channel for which the statistics are to be displayed. Use dspcons or dspchans to view the DLCI value for a logical channel number (LCN).




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspchstats

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a > dspchstats 8.1.16

LineNum: 8 PhysicalPortNum: 1 LogicalPortNum: 8 DLCI: 16

ChanNum: 16 ChanState: failed ChanUpTime: 0

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Off Off ATMState: Sending AIS OAM state Not receiving any state Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 Frames Discarded: 0 0 Bytes Discarded: 0 0


Tx Rx --------------- --------------- FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspcon

dspconDisplay Connection—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcon command to display configuration and operation data for connection.

Syntax

dspcon <Port.DLCI>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Display the connection on port 2, DLCI 101.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > dspcon 2.101

------------------------------------------------------ ChanNum: 16 RowStatus: Mod AdmnState: Up ChanState: Ok ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- PORT-ALARM CTRLR-ABIT E-AIS/RDI LMI-ABIT RAS FAIL ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NO NO NO NO NO ------------------------------------------------------

ChanNum: 16 ChanRowStatus: Mod ConnAdminStatus: Up ChanPortNum: 2 ChanDLCI: 101 EgressQSelect: Hi ChanServType: CBR IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 1536000





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspcon

Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ICR: 0 MCR: 0 PCR: 0 RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: SPVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 1536000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Do not apply CAC ChanLocalVpi: 12 ChanLocalVci: 120 ChanLocalNSAP: 47009181000000000164444b6100000107630200 ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR1 ChanRoutingPriority: 8 ChanPreferredRouteId: 0 ChanDirectedRoute: No ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 5760 ChanConnSCR: 5760 ChanConnMCR: 10 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanConnRemotePCR: 5760 cps ChanConnRemoteSCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemoteMCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemotePercentUtil:100 ChanServiceTypeOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 4000 cps ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps ChanReRoute: False RemoteConnMBS: 1024 cells


M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspcons

dspconsDisplay Connections—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcons command to display a summary of all the connections on the current FRSM card. There are no required parameters for this command. The command options allow you to customize the report the command displays.

Syntax

dspcons [-h] [-chn <ChanNum>] [-pt <PortNum>] [-dlci <DLCI>] [-locvpi <localVpi>] [-locvci <localVci>] [-sertp <ChanServType>] [-cntp <chantype>] [-master <masterShip>] [-cir <CIR>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-eqsel <EgressQSelect>] [-admin <ConnAdminStatus>] [-alarm <ConnAlarmStatus>]

Syntax Description

-h Display the list of command options.

-chn Channel number. Use this option to limit the display to a specific channel. To view the configured channel numbers, use the dspcons command without any options. Range of channels by card type:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C = 16-1015

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 16-2015

• FRSM-2CT3 = 16-4015

• FRSM-HS2/B with 12IN1-8S back card = 16-4015

• FRSM-HS2/B with HSSI back card = 16-2015

-pt Port number. This option limits the display to the connections on the specified port. To view the configured ports, use the dspports command. Port numbers by card type are in the following ranges:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256



-dlci DLCI number. Use this option to limit the display to a specific DLCI number. To view the configured DLCI numbers, use the dspcons command without any options. Range is 16-1023.

-locvpi Local VPI number. This option limits the display to the connections that use the specified local VPI number. To view the configured VPI numbers, use the dspcons command without any options. Range is 1-65536.

-locvci Local VCI number. This option limits the display to the connections that use the specified local VCI number. To view the configured VCI numbers, use the dspcons command without any options. Range is 1-65536.




-sertp Channel service type. Use this option to limit the display to connections that use a particular ATM service type. To select the service type, enter the option with one of the following keywords:

• CBR

• rtVBR

• nrtVBR

• fstABR

• UBR

• stdABR

-cntp Channel type. Use this option to limit the display to connections that use a specific channel type. To select the channel type, enter the option with one of the following keywords:

• NIW = Frame Relay to ATM network interworking (FRF.5—default)

• SIW-trsp = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) transparent (FRF.8, no protocol ID translation)

• SIW-Xlat = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) translational (FRF.8, protocol ID translation)

• FUNI-mode-1a = ATM Forum FUNI mode 1A

• frForward = Frame forwarding (no translation or mapping of header contents, CRC evaluated)

-master Mastership. This option allows you to limit the display to connections for which the local endpoint is either a master endpoint or a slave endpoint. To use this option, enter either -master Master or -master Slave.

-cir Committed information rate (CIR) in bps. This option limits the displayed connections to those that are configured for the CIR value you enter with this option. The CIR by card type is in the following ranges:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 0–1536000

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 0–2048000

• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000



-detag DE tagging. Use this option to limit the display to those connections that either have DE tagging enabled or to those that have DE tagging disabled. To use this option, enter either -detag Enabled or -detag Disabled.

-eqsel Egress queue select. Use this option to limit the display to those connections that either use the high priority egress queue or to those that use the low priority egress queue. To use this option, enter either -eqsel Hi or -eqsel Lo.




Related Commands

addcon, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delchans, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Display the connections on the current FRSM card in the standard format (with no command options).






-admin Administrative status. Use this option to limit the display to those connections that either are administratively up or to those that are administratively down. To use this option, enter either -admin Up or -admin Down.

-alarm Alarm type. Use this option to limit the display to connections that meet a specific alarm condition. To select the alarm condition, enter the option with one of the following keywords:

• OK

• PORT-ALARM

• CTRLR-ABIT

• E-AIS

• RDI

• LMI-ABIT

• RAS FAIL




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspds3ln

dspds3lnDisplay DS3 Line—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the dspds3ln command to view the characteristics of a specified physical line.

Syntax

dspds3ln <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3lns, dspln dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example

Display information on line 1 of the current FRSM-2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > dspds3ln 1

LineNum: 1 LineEnable: Enabled LineType: c-bit LineCoding: dsx3B3ZS LineLength: LT225ft LineOOFCriteria: 3 out of 8 LineAIScBitsCheck: Ignore C-bits LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineRcvFEACValidation: 4 out of 5 FEAC codes LineXmitClockSource: localClk LineEqualizer: internal equalizer



line_num Line number for the line you want to display. Use the dspds3lns command to view the available lines.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspds3lns

dspds3lnsDisplay Ds3 Lines—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the dspds3lns command to view the configuration for all lines on the current card.

Syntax

dspds3lns

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspln, dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example

Display the lines on the current FRSM-2T3E3 card.








Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspdsx3bert

dspdsx3bertDisplay DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the dspdsx3bert command to view the parameters and results of the current BERT testing session.

Syntax

dspdsx3bert

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Display the current BERT test results.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > dspdsx3bert

Bert Control: Start dsx3Bert Bert Resource Status State: In Use Bert Owner: CLI Bert Status: In Sync Bert Test Medium: Line Line Number : 1 Bert Mode : bertPatternTest Bert Pattern : allZeros Start time (secs.) 16:26:39 Start Date 05/21/02 Bit uppercount: 6 Bit lowercount: 280120231 Bit Error uppercount 0 Bit Error lowercount 0 Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled Error Insertion count: 0





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspegrq

dspegrqDisplay Egress Queue Parameters—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspegrq command to view the egress queue parameters for a specific port.

Syntax

dspegrq <port_num> <serv_type>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspports, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes


serv_type Select the service type to view:

• Weighted fair queue, high Priority Queue = 1

• Weighted fair queue, rtVBR Queue = 2

• Weighted fair queue, nrtVBR Queue and ABR Queue = 3

• Weighted fair queue, UBR Queue = 4

• Ratio based queue, high Priority Queue = 1

• Ratio based queue, low Priority Queue = 2

Note Depending upon which egress port servicing algorithm was configured with the cnfegrservtype command, choose either the weighted fair queue service types or the ratio based queue service types. Use the dspegrservtype command to display the current egress port servicing algorithm configured on the current FRSM card.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspegrq

Example

Display port egress queue parameters for port 1, service 1.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspegrq 1 1

ServicePortNum: 1 Serv Type: 1 Queue Depth: 65535 Queue ECN Threshold: 6553 Queue DE Threshold: 32767 Max Bandwidth Increment: 0 portBytesDiscXceedQueFull: 0 portBytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspegrqs

dspegrqsDisplay Egress Queue Parameters—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspegrqs command to view the egress queue parameters for all the ports on the current FRSM card. Use the dspegrservtype command to view the current egress port servicing algorithm configured on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

dspegrqs <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspegrq, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspports, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

Display egress queue parameters for port 1.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspegrqs 1

PortNum ServType Q Depth Q-ECN-Thres Q-DE-Thres BandWidth-Inc ------- -------- ------- ----------- ---------- --------- 1 1 65535 6553 32767 0 1 2 65535 6553 32767 0 1 3 65535 6553 32767 0 1 4 65535 6553 32767 0






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspegrservtype

dspegrservtypeDisplay Egress Servicing Type—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspegrservtype command to display the current egress port queue servicing type, which is either weighted fair queueing (WFQ) or ratio based queuing (RBQ).

Note To display the current egress queue service selected on the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C cards, use the dspchan command.

Syntax

dspegrservtype

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspchan, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspm32eqthresh, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

Display the egress queue service type for the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspegrservtype

<<Egress Servicing Type : Weighted Fair Queue>>





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspfdminfo

dspfdminfoDisplay Freedom Information—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, HS2/B

Use the dspfdminfo command to monitor the distribution of Frame Relay Protocol Engine and Data Link Manager (FREEDM) chip resources on the current FRSM card.

On the FRSM-2CT3, each FREEDM chip handles one T3 interface (672 DS0’s) and supports 512 FREEDM buffers. A maximum of 128 ports can be configured on each FREEDM chip (total of 256 ports per card) and each port can have a maximum of 24 DS0’s. FREEDM buffers are allocated when the port is added, based on the speed of the port (number of DS0’s). The FREEDM buffer allocation mechanism is static, and is based on the algorithm shown in the example below. FREEDM chip #1 handles T1s 1-14 (1st half of DS3#1) and T1s 43-56 (2nd half of DS3#2). FREEDM chip #2 handles T1s 15-28 (2nd half of DS3#1) and T1s 29-42 (1st half of DS3#2).

Syntax

dspfdminfo

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addport

Attributes

Example

Display the Freedom chip resource allocations for the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspfdminfo

FREEDOM Information-------------------

FDM#1 active ports : 1/128FDM#1 Free Fifo Buffers : 498/512FDM#1 Free Ds0s : 648/672

FDM#2 active ports : 0/128FDM#2 Free Fifo Buffers : 512/512FDM#2 Free Ds0s : 672/672

FREEDOM Buffer Allocation Algorithm :-------------------------------------

#Ds0s in Port #Fifo Buffers Allocated------------- -----------------------1..4 35..6 47 5




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspfdminfo

8..11 612..15 716..17 818..19 920 1021 1122 1223..24 14

Display the Freedom chip resource allocations for the current FRSM-2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > dspfdminfo


FDM#1 active ports : 1/2FDM#2 active ports : 0/2


Display the Freedom chip resource allocations for the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspfdminfo


FDM#1 active ports : 1/4FDM#2 active ports : 1/4




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspfeature

dspfeatureDisplay Feature—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspfeature command to display the feature set supported on the current FRSM card. The feature sets that can be supported are:

• Channelized T1/E1 lines on FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM2CT3

• Rate control for standard ABR services

Syntax

dspfeature

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchanstdabr, dspstdabrctrl, xcnfchanstdabr, xdspchanstdabr

Attributes

Example

Display features of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspfeature

Channelized: On Rate Control: On


Log: No State: Any Privilege: Cisco Group



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedsplcn

dsplcnDisplay Local Channel Number—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsplcn command to display the connection channel number when you know the port number and the DLCI for the connection.

Syntax

dsplcn <Port.DLCI>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspchans, dspcons

Attributes

Example

Display the channel number for the connection using port 6 and DLCI 66.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dsplcn 6.66

LCN number is : 18


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be displayed using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspln

dsplnDisplay Line—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspln command to view the characteristics of a specified physical line.

Syntax

dspln <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example

Display line 2 on the current FRSM.





line_num Line number for the line you want to display. Use the dsplns command to view the available lines.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedsplns

dsplnsDisplay Lines—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsplns command to view a summary of all lines on the current card. To view more information about a single line, use the dspln command.

Note Interface type X.21 or V.35 is displayed for lines on a FRSM-HS2/B card. On the FRSM-2CT3 card, the dsplns command shows all of the 56 channelized T1 lines.

Syntax

dsplns

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example: FRSM-8T1

Display lines on the current FRSM-8T1 card.


Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Type Source Alarm ---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- ----- 25.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Mod/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No 25.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim No No 25.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedsplns

Example: FRSM-HS2/B

Display lines on the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dsplns

Line LineType InterfaceType Rate Status Alarm ---- -------- ------------- ------------ ------- ------ 11.1 DCE V.35 48000 bps Modify Yes 11.2 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.3 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.4 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.5 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.6 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.7 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.8 DCE V.35 48000 bps Modify Yes





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspm32eqthresh

dspm32eqthreshDisplay M32 Egress Queue Threshold—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the dspm32eqthresh command to display the M32 egress queue threshold value for a port.

Syntax

dspm32eqthresh <portNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspports, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

Display the M32 threshold queue value for port 6.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspm32eqthresh 6

PortNum: 6 M32 Egress Queue Threshold : 6000


portNum Enter the port number for which you want to display the M32 queue threshold. To display a list of available ports, use the dspports command.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspmaptbl

dspmaptblDisplay Map Table—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspmaptbl command to view the line, port, and connection numbers assigned to Frame Relay connections on the current FRSM.

Syntax

dspmaptbl

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display the map table for the current FRSM.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspmaptbl

PortNum DLCI ChanNum LineNum ------- ---- ------- ------- 8 16 16 8 8 89 17 8 8 90 18 8 8 91 19 8 8 92 20 8 8 93 21 8 8 94 22 8 8 95 23 8 8 96 24 8 8 97 25 8 8 98 26 8

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspmsgcnt

dspmsgcntDisplay Control Message Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspmsgcnt command to show the count of VSI control messages that are exchanged between the PXM controller and the current FRSM card. The dspmsgcnt command is primarily a debug command which can help identify control traffic message problems.

Syntax

dspmsgcnt

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrmsgcnt

Attributes

Example

Display the count of control messages on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspmsgcnt

RiscXmtCtrlMsg: 136596 RiscRcvCtrlMsg: 136591 SARXmtCtrlMsg: 136596 SARRcvCtrlMsg: 136591 SARCtrlMsgDiscLenErr: 0 SARCtrlMsgDiscCRCErr: 0 SARCtrlMsgDiscUnknownChan: 0 SARCtrlMsgLastUnknownChan: 0





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspoamlpbk

dspoamlpbkDisplay OAM Loopback—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspoamlpbk command to display the status of OAM loopback tests on the current FRSM. The display indicates the connections currently under OAM loopback alarm.

Syntax

dspoamlpbk

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfoamlpbk, cnftrafficgen, dsptrafficgen

Attributes

Example

Display OAM loopback when loopback is configured on the FRSM.

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a > dspoamlpbk

RasOamlpbkAllowedState: EnabledRasOamlpbkFrequency : 10

Following Channels are under Ras Alarm :

Channels 16 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 56 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 96 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 136 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 176 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 216 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 256 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 296 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 336 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 376 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 416 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 456 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 496 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 536 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 576 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 616 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 656 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 696 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 736 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspoamlpbk

776 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 816 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 856 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 896 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 936 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 976 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000

Syntax : dspoamlpbk

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspport

dspportDisplay Port—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspport command on a FRSM to view a detailed port configuration for a single port.

Syntax

dspport <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, cnfportcllm, delport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Display port configuration for port 3 on the current FRSM-8T1.


SlotNum: 30 PortLineNum: 3 PortNum: 3 PortRowStatus: Add PortDs0Speed: 64k PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1) PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1 PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1 PortSpeed: 1536kbps PortLmiCnfType: Manual SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15 N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: Active PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 0





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspport

portType: frameRelay PortIngrPercentUtil: 0 PortEgrPercentUtil: 0 PortOversubscribed: False PortSvcStatus: Disable PortSvcInUse: Not In-Use PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based PortSvcLcnLow: 0 PortSvcLcnHigh: 0 PortSvcDlciLow: 0 PortSvcDlciHigh: 0





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspportcnt

dspportcntDisplay Port Statistics Counter—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspportcnt command to view detailed historical statistics for a specified port on the FRSM. Use this command to view the traffic being transmitted to and received from the attached end-user equipment. Because the statistics are historical, you might want to clear them using the clrportcnt or clrportcnts command before beginning testing or troubleshooting.


Syntax

dspportcnt <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrportcnt, clrportcnts, dspport, dspports, xclrportcnt, xdspportcnt

Attributes

Example

Display port statistics for port 1 on the current FRSM-8T1 card.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspportcnt 1

PortNum: 1

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 Frames Abort: 0 0 Buf Not Available: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtFramesUnderrun: 0 RcvFramesDE: 0 RcvFramesDiscCRCError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0

port_num Specify the number for the port for which you want to view statistics. The dspports command lists all configured ports.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspportcnt

RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0


Tx Rx --------------- --------------- RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 RcvFramesDiscNoChan: 0 RcvFramesUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvLastUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvFramesTaggedFECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedBECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedDE: 0 Status: 0 0 StatusInquiry: 0 0 AsynchUpdate: 0 0 RcvInvalidRequest: 0 RcvUNISeqMismatch: 0 RcvNNISeqMismatch: 0 UNISignallingTimeout: 21 NNISignallingTimeout: 0 FramesCLLM: 0 0 BytesCLLM: 0 0 CLLMFailures: 0 RcvFramesDiscard: 0 XmtFramesDE: 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 BytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspports

dspportsDisplay Ports—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspports command to show summary configuration and status information on all ports defined on the current FRSM card.

The dspports output (FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C only) shows a hexadecimal number that describes the timeslots in use on each line. After this number is converted to binary, with each bit representing a timeslot on the line, the least-significant bit represents timeslot 1 on a T1 or timeslot 0 on an E1. A 1 means that the timeslot is in use; a 0 means that the timeslot is not in use.

Syntax

dspports

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, cnfportcllm, copyports, delport, delports, dspport, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Display ports on the current FRSM.


Port Ena/Speed EQServ SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 Type Alarm ELMI Ratio -------- --- ----- ------ ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- ----- ---- 30.3.3 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 30.4.4 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off

Number of ports: 2






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspportstats

dspportstatsDisplay Port Statistics Counter—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3

Use the dspportstats command to view statistics information for a specified port on the FRSM.

Syntax

dspportstats <line.1stDS0>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspchstats, dspportcnt

Attributes

Example

Display statistics information for port 3 on first DS0 (PhysicalPortNum in output) of line number 3.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspportstats 3.1

LineNum: 3 PhysicalPortNum: 1 PortNum: 3

line Line number associated with the Frame Relay port you want to view the statistics. Use the dspports command to display all the provisioned Frame Relay ports on the current FRSM card. The line number can be found under the port column in the format slot.line.port. The lines available by card type are:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C: Range 1–8

• FRSM-2CT3: Range 1-56

1stDS0 First DS0 of the provisioned Frame Relay port in the range appropriate for the interface. To find the value of the first DSO, use the dspport command. The value can be found at the output of the PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0) entry.

• T1 range: 1–24

• E1 range (with CAS line signaling): 2–16, 18-32

• E1 range (with CCS line signaling): 2-32

• E1 range (with CLEAR line signaling): 1

Tip The nonchannelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards only support one port per line. Therefore, you should enter 1 (for the FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 with CLEAR signalling) or 2 (for the FRSM-8E1 with CAS or CCS signalling) for the first DS0.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspportstats

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 Frames Abort: 0 0 Buf Not Available: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtFramesUnderrun: 0 RcvFramesDE: 0 RcvFramesDiscCRCError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0 RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0 RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 RcvFramesDiscNoChan: 0 RcvFramesUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvLastUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvFramesTaggedFECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedBECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedDE: 0 Status: 0 0 StatusInquiry: 0 0 AsynchUpdate: 0 0 RcvInvalidRequest: 0 RcvUNISeqMismatch: 0 RcvNNISeqMismatch: 0 UNISignallingTimeout: 0 NNISignallingTimeout: 0 FramesCLLM: 0 0 BytesCLLM: 0 0 CLLMFailures: 0




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedsprdimapenbl

dsprdimapenblDisplay RDI Map Enable—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsprdimapenbl command to display the Remote Defect Indication (RDI) mapping on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

dsprdimapenbl

Syntax Description

None.

Related Commands

cnfrdimapenbl

Attributes

Example

Display the RDI mapping on the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dsprdimapenbl

RDI to Abit mapping disabled

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedsprscprtn

dsprscprtnDisplay Resource Partition—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsprscprtn command to display the resource partition configuration of a specific port.

Syntax

dsprscprtn <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspports, xcnfportrscprtn

Attributes

Example

Display resource partition configuration information for port 3 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dsprscprtn 3

Port User Status NumOfLcnAvail DlciLow DlciHigh IngrBW EgrBW CtrlrId ---- ------ ------ -------------- ------- -------- ------ ----- ------- 3 PNNI Add 1000 0 1023 100 100 2


port_num Specify the port number for the resource partition you want to view. The dspports command lists all configured ports.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspsarcnt

dspsarcntDisplay SAR Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspsarcnt command to display the Segmentation And Reassembly (SAR) counter statistics for a specific connection. The output of the dspsarcnt command displays cell bus SAR data statistics. From the direction of CPE, transmit (Tx) cells move from the service module onto the cell bus (PXM) and towards the ATM network. Receive (Rx) cells move from the ATM network onto the cell bus towards the service module, and onward to the CPE.

Syntax

dspsarcnt <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrsarcnt, clrsarcnts, dspsarcnts

Attributes

Example

Display the SAR counters for channel 35 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspsarcnt 35

SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 30 SarChanNum: 35 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 0 0 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 2296 0 Total CellsFERF: 0 0 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 0







Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspsarcnts

dspsarcntsDisplay SAR Counter—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspsarcnts command to display the Segmentation And Reassembly (SAR) counter statistics for all connections on the current FRSM card. The output of the dspsarcnts command displays cell bus SAR data statistics. From the direction of CPE, transmit (Tx) cells move from the service module onto the cell bus (PXM) and towards the ATM network. Receive (Rx) cells move from the ATM network onto the cell bus towards the service module, and onward to the CPE.

Syntax

dspsarcnts

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrsarcnt, clrsarcnts, dspsarcnt

Attributes

Example

Display the SAR counters for the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspsarcnts






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspsarcnts



Tip The display for each channel is repeated until all channels are displayed. For a more concise report, use dspsarcnt.



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspservrate

dspservrateDisplay Service Rate—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspservrate command to view the maximum scheduled service rate (in cells per second on a per channel/connection basis) of cells exiting from the ingress VC queues on a FRSM card towards the cell bus of the MGX switch.

Syntax

dspservrate <Port.DLCI|Chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchansrvrate, dspchans, dspcons

Attributes

Example

Display the service rate on channe17 of the current FRSM card.

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a > dspservrate 17

Service Rate (cells/sec): 375

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a >


Chan_num Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspslftst

dspslftstDisplay Self-Test—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspslftst command to view the self-test configuration and status on the current card.

Syntax

dspslftst

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrslftst, cnfslftst, dspslftsttbl, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Display self-test configuration and status for the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspslftst

SelfTestEnable: Disable SelfTestPeriod: 5 SelfTestState: SelfTest Passed SelfTestResultDescription: No failure information available





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspslftsttbl

dspslftsttblDisplay Self-Test Table—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspslftsttbl command to view the self tests the card can perform, view the configuration for the tests, and determine if a test resets the card or is destructive to existing connections.

Syntax

dspslftsttbl

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrslftst, cnfslftst, dspslftst, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Display the tests, test configuration, and test results for the current FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspslftsttbl Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst 1 DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 2 SRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 3 GRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 4 BRAM checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 7 M32 test 1 0 0 P Y Y N 8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P N Y Y 9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N


Display the tests, test configuration, and test results for the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspslftsttblTest # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst 1 CPU DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 2 SAR self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 3 ISE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 4 ESE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 7 FREEDM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspslftsttbl

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspstatparms

dspstatparmsDisplay Statistics Parameters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspstatparms command to display the statistics parameters for the current card. Enabling statistics collection is achieved through Cisco WAN Manager and is collected via tftp.

Syntax

dspstatparms

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display the statistics parameters for the current card.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspstatparmsTFTP Retry Count: 1TFTP ACK time-out (sec): 60Bucket Interval: 0File Interval: 0Peak Enable Flag: DisabledObject Count: 0 STATS COLLECTION: DisabledObject Subtype Counts: 0 0 0 0Total File Memory Used: 0Number of File Allocated: 0Current File Size: 0Stat Memory Allocated: 0Auto Memory Allocated: 0Auto Mem Rgn Size: 2200000





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspstdabrctrl

dspstdabrctrlDisplay Standard ABR Control—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspstdabrctrl command to display the standard ABR control configuration for the current FRSM card.

Syntax

dspstdabrctrl

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchanstdabr, dspfeature

Attributes

Example

Display the standard ABR control options that are configured for the current card.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspstdabrctrl

RM Cell Generation: EnabledCLP,EFCI Mapping: Disabled


Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Group 1



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedsptaskinfo

dsptaskinfoDisplay Task Information—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsptaskinfo command to display operational statistics about internal card processes.

Syntax

dsptaskinfo

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrtaskinfo, i

Attributes

Example

Display task information for the current FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dsptaskinfo

taskName msgReceivd msgSent msgSent lastSent lastSt lastSt Failed FailedTask Failed Failed MsgTyp Errno---------- --------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ------ ------nmimRouter 0 30253 0 0 0x0 scm 114026 45927 0 0 0x0 pSNMP 0 1 0 0 0x0 cmm 15156 33022 0 0 0x0 conn_mgr_t 13286 36560 0 0 0x0 tFiled 217 218 0 0 0x0 tSmd 29979 24055 0 0 0x0 logd 31455 1 0 0 0x0 qRpc 0 1 0 0 0x0 alarm_task 0 9 0 0 0x0 oam 23932 6257 0 0 0x0 lmi_task 0 6257 0 0 0x0 clt 21125 1551 0 0 0x0 bertd 0 1 0 0 0x0 ras 0 0 0 0 0x0


Display task information for the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dsptaskinfo

taskName msgReceivd msgSent msgSent lastSent lastSt lastSt Failed FailedTask Failed Failed




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedsptaskinfo

MsgTyp Errno---------- --------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ------ ------nmimRouter 0 120 0 0 0x0 scm 447841 1776 0 0 0x0 pSNMP 0 1 0 0 0x0 cmm 206 212 0 0 0x0 conn_mgr_t 52 13 0 0 0x0 tFiled 823 824 0 0 0x0 tSmd 703 1281 0 0 0x0 logd 111 1 0 0 0x0 qRpc 0 1 0 0 0x0 alarm_task 0 0 0 0 0x0 oam 2 2 0 0 0x0 lmi_task 0 2 0 0 0x0 clt 10 11 0 0 0x0 bertd 0 2 0 0 0x0 t3alarm 0 1 0 0 0x0 ds3bert 0 0 0 0 0x0 ras 0 0 0 0 0x0

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedsptotals

dsptotalsDisplay Totals—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsptotals command to view totals for lines, ports, channels, and alarms for the current card.

Syntax

dsptotals

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None



Example

Show totals on the current card.

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a > dsptotals

total active lines = 4/8 total active ports = 9/192 total active chans = 2/1000

Card Alarms Summary: --------------------------------------- Alarm Type Major Minor ------------------ ----- ----- Card State Alarms: 1 1 Line Alarms: 3 0 Port Alarms: 8 0 Channel Alarms: 0 2 ---------------------------------------Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedsptotals

Port Channel Table : # of channel assigned per port

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 <-- least significant digit 0 0 --- --- --- --- 1 --- 1 --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 2 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 4 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 5 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 6 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 --- --- --- --- 8 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 9 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 10 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 11 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 12 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 13 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 14 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 15 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 16 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 17 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 18 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 19 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedsptrafficgen

dsptrafficgenDisplay Traffic Generation Test—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsptrafficgen command to display the status of a traffic generation test. A traffic generation test is used to determine and troubleshoot cell loss and is intended for defective connections.

Only one traffic generation test can be conducted at a time on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

dsptrafficgen [1]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrchancnt, clrchancnts, clrportcnt, clrportcnts, cnfoamlpbk, cnftrafficgen, dspchancnt, dspoamlpbk, dspportcnt

Attributes

Example

Display the connection that is under a traffic generation test.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dsptrafficgen

Pvc Under Test : 168830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

Example

Show statistics for a connection that is under a traffic generation test.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dsptrafficgen 1

Pvc Under Test : 16Pattern type : 1( All 0's )Total Test Frames To Send : 50Total Test Frames Transmitted : 50Total Test Frames Received : 0

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

1 This option adds test statistics to the command display.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspunit391

dspunit391Display UNI T391—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the dspunit391 command to view the current setting for UNI T391 status polling timer on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

dspunit391

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfport, cnfunit391, dspport, xcnfport

Attributes

Example

Display current setting for UNI T391 status polling timer.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspunit391

System UNI T391 = 5 seconds





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspusedlnmap

dspusedlnmapDisplay Used Line Map—FRSM-2CT3

Enter the dspusedlnmap command to display the line bit map of the ports used for each of the channelized Dsx1 lines on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

Syntax

dspusedlnmap

Syntax Description

None.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display line bit map of the ports used for each of the Dsx1 lines of the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspusedlnmap

dsx1LINE PortUsedLineBitMap

-------- ------------------ 1 0xffffff 2 0x0 3 0x0 4 0x0 5 0x0 6 0x0 7 0x0 8 0x0 9 0x0 10 0x0 11 0x0 12 0x0 13 0x0 14 0x0 15 0x0 16 0x0 17 0x0 18 0x0 19 0x0 20 0x0 21 0x0 22 0x0 23 0x0 24 0x0 25 0x0




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencedspusedlnmap

26 0x0 27 0x0 28 0x0

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command ReferenceHelp

HelpHelp—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the Help command to display a list of the commands supported on the FRSM card.

Syntax

Help

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Command list for the current FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > Help

Command Logging State Priority-------------------- ------- ------ -------------------------? No Any Any UserHelp No Any Any Useraddchanloop No Active Group 4addcon Yes Active Group 2addln Yes Active Group 1addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)addport Yes Active Group 1addrscprtn Yes Active Group 1addspvc Yes Active Group 2chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2)clear No Any Any Userclralm No Any Group 5clralmcnt No Any Group 5clralmcnts No Any Group 5clralms No Any Group 5clrcderrs No Any Super Group (0)clrchancnt No Any Group 5clrchancnts No Any Group 3clrmsgcnt No Any Group 5clrportcnt No Any Group 5





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencei

iInformation—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the i command to display information about software tasks that are running on the current card.

Syntax

i

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dsptaskinfo

Attributes

Example

Display software task information on the current FRSM-8T1 card.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > i

NAME ENTRY TID PRI STATUS PC SP ERRNO DELAY---------- ------------ -------- --- ---------- -------- -------- ------- -----tExcTask excTask 805e0cd0 0 PEND 800ddf0c 805e0bd8 0 0tRootTask usrRoot 805e6be8 1 PEND+T 800ddf0c 805e68b0 3d0004 1tShell shell 805de200 1 PEND 800c494c 805dde00 3d0002 0tTimerTask timerTask 8059de50 50 SUSPEND 800b5028 8059dde8 0 0tSmCmdTsk1 cmdTask 803f1a08 50 READY 800ba454 803f0868 3006b 0tSmOutTsk1 smtermOutTas 803f5eb8 50 READY 800c494c 803f5bb8 0 0scm scmMain 8059cbe8 55 READY 800b5768 8059cb58 0 0NMIMmsgd routerMain 80598970 55 PEND 800ddf0c 80598888 0 0NMIMpSNMP pSNMPMain 805966f8 55 PEND 800ddf0c 80596600 0 0cmm cmmMain 80594480 55 PEND+T 800ddf0c 80594340 3d0004 77talarm alarm_task 80591f60 55 READY 800b5768 80591eb8 0 0tlmi lmiMain 8058fbe8 55 READY 800b5768 8058fb48 0 0tconn ConnMgrTask 8058d970 55 PEND 800ddf0c 8058d7b0 0 0oam OamMain 8058b6f8 55 READY 800b5768 8058b618 3d0002 0tFiled fileDeamon 80589480 55 PEND 800ddf0c 80589358 0 0tSmd smtermd 805871e0 55 READY 800c4908 80586e50 3d0002 0qird qir_reset_ta 805819c0 55 DELAY 800b5768 80581930 0 75rtdd rtd_task 8057f748 55 DELAY 800b5768 8057f6c8 0 75logd logMsgTask 8057d4d0 55 PEND 800ddf0c 8057d3e8 0 0clt ConnectionLo 8057b230 55 PEND+T 800ddf0c 8057b130 3d0004 58tRpc rpcMain 80574ac8 55 READY 800ddf0c 805749d0 3d0004 0ras RasMain 8056a528 55 DELAY 800b5768 8056a478 0 14tBgndCheck 8009ebb8 805682b0 55 DELAY 800b5768 805681d8 0 73tslftst slftstmain 80578fb8 58 DELAY 800b5768 80578f00 0 3776statsd tftpstatsTas 80583c38 60 DELAY 800b5768 80583bb0 0 5373bertd BertMain 80576d40 100 PEND+T 800ddf0c 80576c50 3d0004 35resyncSmrm smrmResynchM 805727d0 100 DELAY 800b5768 805726c0 0 3914539277




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencei

resyncSmrp smrpMsgHandl 8056e9f8 100 PEND 800ddf0c 8056e8f8 0 0resyncSmrc smrcStartFin 8056c790 100 PEND 800c494c 8056c6f8 0 0

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

Display software task information on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > i

NAME ENTRY TID PRI STATUS PC SP ERRNO DELAY---------- ------------ -------- --- ---------- -------- -------- ------- -----tExcTask excTask 80ef9d80 0 PEND 8017e2a8 80ef9cb0 0 0tEvtTask tEvtTask 80ee5d10 0 PEND 8017e758 80ee5cb0 0 0tRootTask usrRoot 80effd80 1 PEND+T 8017e2a8 80effad8 3d0004 1tShell shell 80edeea0 1 PEND 8017e758 80edeaf8 0 0tWdbTask 80172d64 80ee3de0 3 PEND 8017e758 80ee3c38 0 0pllTask pllMain 80d43160 40 DELAY 80181b78 80d430f8 0 1tNetTask netTask 80ef4450 50 PEND 8017e758 80ef43c8 0 0scm scmMain 80debed0 50 READY 80181b78 80debe50 0 0tTimerTask timerTask 80ded160 50 SUSPEND 801810f4 80ded0f8 0 0tSmCmdTsk1 cmdTask 80852d60 50 READY 8018225c 80851c40 3006b 0tSmOutTsk1 smtermOutTas 80849cb0 50 READY 8017e758 808499d8 0 0tSl0Wrt slipWrtTask 80eed7f0 55 PEND 8017e758 80eed760 0 0NMIMmsgd routerMain 80de7c20 55 PEND 8017e2a8 80de7b50 0 0NMIMpSNMP pSNMPMain 80de5970 55 PEND 8017e2a8 80de5898 0 0cmm cmmMain 80de36c0 55 PEND+T 8017e2a8 80de35f0 3d0004 88talarm alarm_task 80de0450 55 READY 80181b78 80de03e0 0 0tlmi lmiMain 80dde090 55 READY 80181b78 80dde010 0 0tconn ConnMgrTask 80ddbde0 55 PEND 8017e2a8 80ddbcf0 0 0oam OamMain 80dd9b30 55 READY 80181b78 80dd9a68 3d0002 0tFiled fileDeamon 80d813f0 55 PEND 8017e2a8 80d81300 0 0tSmd smtermd 80d654d0 55 READY 8017e6e8 80d65190 0 0qird qir_reset_ta 80d5fbb0 55 DELAY 80181b78 80d5fb08 0 35rtdd rtd_task 80d5d900 55 DELAY 80181b78 80d5d888 0 188logd logMsgTask 80d5b650 55 PEND 8017e2a8 80d5b590 0 0clt ConnectionLo 80d59370 55 PEND+T 8017e2a8 80d59290 3d0004 184tRpc rpcMain 80d52b60 55 READY 8017e2a8 80d52a90 3d0004 0t3alarm ds3Main 80d50810 55 READY 80181b78 80d50790 0 0resyncSmrm smrmResynchM 80d4e560 55 DELAY 80181b78 80d4e470 0 3914541581ReasmTmoutCSarReasmTmou 80d40eb0 55 READY 80181b78 80d40e18 0 0ds3Bert dsx3BertMain 80d3ec00 55 READY 80181b78 80d3eba8 0 0ras RasMain 80d3c950 55 READY 80181b78 80d3c8c8 0 0tBgndCheck 80110120 80d3a6a0 55 DELAY 80181b78 80d3a5e0 0 30tslftst slftstmain 80d570c0 58 DELAY 80181b78 80d57040 3d0002 10872statsd tftpstatsTas 80d61e60 60 DELAY 80181b78 80d61de8 0 3782tPortmapd portmapd 80eecd90 100 PEND 8017e758 80eecc10 16 0bertd BertMain 80d54e10 100 PEND+T 8017e2a8 80d54d50 3d0004 8resyncSmrp smrpMsgHandl 80d47680 100 PEND 8017e2a8 80d475a0 0 0resyncSmrc smrcStartFin 80d453f0 100 PEND 8017e758 80d45360 0 0

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command ReferencememShow

memShowMemory Show—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the memShow command to display information regarding memory usage by the current card.

Syntax

memShow [1]

Syntax Description

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display memory usage for the current card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > memShow 1

FREE LIST: num addr size --- ---------- ---------- 1 0x803f1ac8 104 2 0x803edbd8 14944 3 0x80566db8 56 4 0x80566e60 24 5 0x803ed7e8 400 6 0x803ed588 440 7 0x803e44f0 19928 8 0x80372508 275112

SUMMARY: status bytes blocks avg block max block ------ --------- -------- ---------- ----------current free 311008 8 38876 275112 alloc 2243632 8236 272 -cumulative alloc 8279192 75146 110 -

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

1 This option adds the list of free memory blocks.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencemoddsx3bert

moddsx3bertModify DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the moddsx3bert command to inject errors into the bit stream of a BERT test in progress.

Syntax

moddsx3bert <eir>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Modify the BERT test in progress to inject 1-in-10 errors.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > moddsx3bert 2


eir Specifies the following error insertion rates:

• 0: no error

• 2: 1 in 10

• 3: 1 in 10^2

• 4: 1 in 10^3

• 5: 1 in 10^4

• 6: 1 in 10^5

• 7: 1 in 10^6

• 8: 1 in 10^7




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencemyid

myidMy ID—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the myid command to show the user name that you used to log into the switch.

Syntax

myid

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display the user name used for log in.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > myidsuperuser





Chapter 4 FRSM Command ReferencequeDsp

queDspQueue Display—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the queDsp command to show the current ingress and egress queue lengths for a specific connection.

Syntax

queDsp <chanNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaningressq, cnfchansrvrate, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, dspservrate

Attributes

Example

Display the ingress and egress queue depths for channel 18.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > queDsp 18

ingreeQlen/egressQlen <0, 0>


chanNum Specifies the channel number you are displaying. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencerrtcon

rrtconReroute Connection—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the rrtcon command to reroute a connection between two different switches.

Note This command operates only on master endpoints and on connections between two different switches. This command does not reroute DAX connections, which are connections between two interfaces on the same switch.

Syntax

rrtcon <Port.DLCI> or <Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspcon, dspcons, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

Reroute the connection on port 1, DLCI 32.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > rrtcon 1.32


port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be rerouted using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons command.

Channel Number Specify the channel number for the connection to be rerouted. You can view connection information with the dspcons command.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencerunslftstno

runslftstnoRun Self Test Number—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the runslftstno command to execute one of the self tests on the FRSM card. To display a list of the self tests, enter this command without parameters or enter the dspslftsttbl command. Before executing a test with the runslftstno command, use the cnfslftst command to enable testing. After finishing testing use the cnfslftst command to disable testing.

Syntax

runslftstno <Test #>

Syntax Description

Caution Some tests reset the card or interrupt connections. These tests are identified in the dspslftsttbl and runslftstno command display.

Related Commands

clrslftst, cnfslftst, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl

Attributes

Example

Run self test number 9.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > runslftstno 9Test Number 9 Result: PASS


Test # Enter the number of the test you want to run.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencesetcmdc

setcmdcSet Command Completion—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the setcmdc command to enable or disable the command completion feature. When enabled, this feature responds to incomplete commands by displaying a list of commands that match the incomplete command entry.

Syntax

setcmdc <on|off>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Enable the command completion feature.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > setcmdc on


<on|off> Specify on to enable command completion, or specify off to disable this feature.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencesetpagemode

setpagemodeSet Page Mode—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the setpagemode command to enable or disable the paging feature. When the paging feature is enabled, commands display information in pages that do not exceed the length of the display. If a command report requires more than one page, press Return to display the next page, or press Q to abandon the report. Non-paged reports display without interruption, but you may need to scroll up to see the information at the top of the report.

Syntax

setpagemode <on|off>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Enable command report paging.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > setpagemode on


<on|off> Specify on to enable paging, or specify off to disable this feature.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencestartdsx3bert

startdsx3bertStart DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the startdsx3bert command to start a bit error rate test (BERT) session on lines that have been configured for BERT testing with the cnfdsx3bert command.

Note This command fails when no lines are in loopback mode. See addds3loop and addds3rmtloop.

Syntax

startdsx3bert

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Start the configured BERT tests.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > startdsx3bert





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencetstcon

tstconTest Connection—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the tstcon command to test the continuity of a connection you have created with the addcon command. The tstcon command sends a single collection of supervisory cells from the local to the remote end and displays a pass or fail message. If connection segments are failed or misconfigured, the tstcon command fails. Note that the tstcon command does not test quality of service or connectivity beyond the MGX network. The tstcon command has some limitations: It works only for local connections or connections in a tiered network comprising a Cisco backbone network; it should be issued from both ends to completely verify connectivity; and a passing result of the test does not guarantee the connection’s end-to-end performance.

Syntax

tstcon <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, dspchans, dspcons, tstdelay, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Test the connection on port 1, DLCI 32.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > tstcon 1.32

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > TestCon in progress.

TestCon Passed.

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be tested using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons command.

Channel Number Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons, dspchans, and xdspchans commands




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencetstdelay

tstdelayTest Delay—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the tstdelay command to test a connection. The tstdelay command is similar to the tstcon command in that it also checks connection continuity. The tstdelay command also measures the round-trip delay through the network, and the results are output on the CLI. The most recent relay measurement is also reported in the dspcon output. The tstdelay command has the same limitations as the tstcon command: It works only for local connections or connections in a tiered network comprising a Cisco backbone network; it should be issued from both ends to completely verify connectivity; and a passing result of the test does not guarantee the connection’s end-to-end performance.

Syntax

tstdelay <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspchans, dspcons, tstcon

Attributes

Example

Test connection 18.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > tstdelay 18

Corvette.1.11.FRSM.a > TestDelay in progress.

TestDelay Passed with 1 ms.


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be tested using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

Channel Number Specify the channel for the connection to be tested. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceupcon

upconUp Connection—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the upcon command to bring up a connection.

Note This command operates only on master endpoints.

Syntax

upcon <Port.DLCI> or <Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

Bring up the connection on port 1, DLCI 32.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > upcon 1.32


port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be brought up using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons command.

Channel Number Specify the channel number for the connection to be brought up. You can view connection information with the dspcons command.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referenceversion

versionDisplay Versions—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the version command to view FRSM card software information, such as firmware version, operating system kernel version, and the date of the software build.

Syntax

version

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dspcd

Attributes

Example

Display version information on the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > version***** Cisco System. FRSM-VHS Card ***** Firmware Version = 020.000.001.046-A Backup Boot version = VHS_BT_1.0.04_19Jul0VxWorks (for CISCO) version 5.3.1.Kernel: WIND version 2.5.Made on Mon Apr 29 02:03:54 PDT 2002.Boot line:sl(0,0)helium: e=192.9.227.1 b=192.9.227.1 h=192.9.225.10 g=192.9.227.2 u=frvhs pw=frvhs1 tn=vhs1card1





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexclrchancnt

xclrchancntClear Channel Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xclrchancnt command to clear the statistics counters for a connection.

Syntax

xclrchancnt -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, clrchancnt, clrchancnts, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchancnt, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchancnt

Attributes: FRSM 8T1, 8T1-C, 8E1, 8E1-C

Attributes: FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Example

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xclrchancnt -chn 16

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

ChanNum Specify the channel for the connection where statistics are to be cleared. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexclrportcnt

xclrportcntClear Port Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xclrportcnt command to clear port counter values from the current FRSM.

Syntax

xclrportcnt -pt <Port Num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrportcnt, clrportcnts, dspportcnt, dspports, xdspportcnt, xdspports



Example

Clear the port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > xclrportcnt -pt 1


-pt Port number on which to delete the counters. Use the dspports or xdspports command to view the configured ports.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfalm

xcnfalmConfigure Alarm Counters and Statistics—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Enter the xcnfalm command to configure alarm counters, thresholds, and statistics for a specified line on the current FRSM card.


xcnfalm -ds1 <LineNum> [-red <RedSeverity>] [-rai <RAISeverity>] [-neu <NEAlarmUpcount>] [-ned <NEAlarmDncount>] [-net <NEAlarmThreshold>] [-feu <FEAlarmUpcount>] [-fed <FEAlarmDncount>] [-fet <FEAlarmThreshold>]

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

xcnfalm <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum> [-red <RedSeverity>] [-rai <RAISeverity>] [-neu <NEAlarmUpcount>] [-ned <NEAlarmDncount>] [-net <NEAlarmThreshold>] [-feu <FEAlarmUpcount>] [-fed <FEAlarmDncount>] [-fet <FEAlarmThreshold>]

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

xcnfalm <-ds1|-ds3> <LineNum> [-red <RedSeverity>] [-rai <RAISeverity>] [-neu <NEAlarmUpcount>] [-ned <NEAlarmDncount>] [-net <NEAlarmThreshold>] [-feu <FEAlarmUpcount>] [-fed <FEAlarmDncount>] [-fet <FEAlarmThreshold>]

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B

xcnfalm -x21 <LineNum> -red <RedSeverity>

Syntax Description

<LineNum> Line number for the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns or dspds3lns command to view the available lines. Range of lines:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C = 1-8 for ds1 lines.

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1-2 for ds3 and e3 lines.

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1-2 for ds3 lines and 1-56 for ds1 lines.

• FRSM-HS2/B = 1-2 for the MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card and 1-8 for the MGX-12IN1-8S back card.

-red RedSeverity.

• 1 = minor

• 2 = major

-rai Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) Severity.

• 1 = minor

• 2 = major

-neu Near-end Alarm Up Count. Range is 1–65335.

-ned Near-end Alarm Down Count. Range is 1–65335.



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfalm

Related Commands

clralm, clralms, dspalm, dspalms, dspds3lns, dsplns

Attributes

Example

Change the RAI severity from a minor to a major alarm on line 1 of the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xcnfalm -ds1 1 -rai 2

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

-net Near-end Alarm Threshold. Range is 1–65335.

-feu Far-end Alarm Up Count. Range is 1–65335.

-fed Far-end Alarm Down Count. Range is 1–65335.

-fet Far-end Alarm Threshold. Range is 1–65335.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfalmcnt

xcnfalmcntConfigure Alarm Counters—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the xcnfalmcnt command to configure the alarm counters for a specified line on the current FRSM card.

Syntax: FRSM-2T3, FRSM-2CT3 (DS3 Line)

xcnfalmcnt -ds3 <LineNum> [-sev <StatisticalAlarmSeverity>] [-lcv15 <LCV15minThreshold>] [-lcv24

<LCV24hrThreshold>] [-les15 <LES15minThreshold>] [-les24 <LES24hrThreshold>] [-lses15

<LSES15minThreshold>] [-lses24 <LSES24hrThreshold>] [-pcv15 <PCV15minThreshold>] [-pcv24

<PCV24hrThreshold>] [-pes15 <PES15minThreshold>] [-pes24 <PES24hrThreshold>] [-pses15

<PSES15minThreshold>] [-pses24 <PSES24hrThreshold>] [-sefs15 <SEFS15minThreshold>] [-sefs24

<SEFS24hrThreshold>] [-aiss15 <AISS15minThreshold>] [-aiss24 <AISS24hrThreshold>] [-uas15

<UAS15minThreshold>] [-uas24 <UAS24hrThreshold>] [-ccv15 <CCV15minThreshold>] [-ccv24

<CCV24hrThreshold>] [-ces15 <CES15minThreshold>] [-ces24 <CES24hrThreshold>] [-cses15

<CSES15minThreshold>] [-cses24 <CSES24hrThreshold>]

Syntax: FRSM-2E3

xcnfalmcnt -e3 <LineNum> [-sev <StatisticalAlarmSeverity>] [-lcv15 <LCV15minThreshold>] [-lcv24

<LCV24hrThreshold>] [-les15 <LES15minThreshold>] [-les24 <LES24hrThreshold>] [-lses15

<LSES15minThreshold>] [-lses24 <LSES24hrThreshold>] [-sefs15 <SEFS15minThreshold>] [-sefs24

<SEFS24hrThreshold>] [-aiss15 <AISS15minThreshold>] [-aiss24 <AISS24hrThreshold>] [-uas15

<UAS15minThreshold>] [-uas24 <UAS24hrThreshold>]

Syntax Description

LineNum Line number for the line you want to configure. Use the dspds3lns command to view the available lines. Line range is 1-2.

-sev Statistical Alarm Severity.

• 1 = minor

• 2 = major

-lcv15 LCV 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-lvc24 LCV 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-les15 LES 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-les24 LES 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-lses15 LSES 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-lses24 LSES 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-pcv15 PCV 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-pcv24 PCV 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-pes15 PES 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-pes24 PES 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.




Syntax: FRSM-2CT3 (DS1 Line)

xcnfalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum> [-sev <StatisticalAlarmSeverity>] [-crc15 <cRC15MinThreshold>] [-crc24

<cRC24HrThreshold>] [-crces15 <cRCES15MinThreshold>] [-crces24 <cRCES24HrThreshold>]

[-crcses15 <cRCSES15MinThreshold>] [-crcses24 <cRCSES24hrThreshold>]

[-sefs15 <sEFS15minThreshold>] [-sefs24 <sEFS24hrThreshold>] [-aiss15 <aISS15minThreshold>]

[-aiss24 <aISS24hrThreshold>] [-uas15 <uAS15minThreshold>] [-uas24 <uAS24hrThreshold>]

Syntax Description

-pses15 PSES 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-pses24 PSES 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-sefs15 SEFS 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-sefs24 SEFS 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-aiss15 AISS 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-aiss24 AISS 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-uas15 UAS 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-uas24 UAS 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-ccv15 CCV 15min Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-ccv24 CCV 24hr Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-ces15 CES 15min Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-ces24 CES 24hr Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-cses15 CSES 15min Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-cses24 CSES 24hr Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

LineNum Line number for the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to view the available lines. Line range is 1-56.

-sev Statistical Alarm Severity.

• 1 = minor

• 2 = major

-crc15 CRC 15Min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-crc24 CRC 24Hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-crces15 CRC ES 15 Min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-crces24 CRC ES 24Hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-crcses15 CRC SES 15Min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-crcses24 CRC SES 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-sefs15 SEFS 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-sefs24 SEFS 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-aiss15 AISS 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-aiss24 AISS 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-uas15 UAS 15min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-uas24 UAS 24hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.




Related Commands

clralm, clralmcnt, clralmcnts, clralms, dspalm, dspalmcnf, dspalmcnt, dspalms, xcnfalm

Attributes

Example

Change the statistical alarm severity from minor to major on line 1 of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > xcnfalmcnt -ds3 1 -sev 2





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfchan

xcnfchanConfigure Channel—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xcnfchan command to modify, add, or delete a channel configuration.


xcnfchan -chn <chanNum>

or

xcnfchan -pt <portNum> -dlci <DLCI>

[-chn <ChanNum>] [-en <ChanRowStatus>] [-pt <PortNum> -dlci <DLCI>]

[-eqsel <EgressQSelect>] [-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>]

[-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>] [-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>]

[-cir <CIR>] [-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-ibs <IBS>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>]

[-rmtlb <LocalRemoteLoopbackState>] [-tstyp <TestType>] [-tssta <TestState>]

[-tsres <RTDresult>] [-contp <ConnType>] [-cntp <chantype>] [-fecnmap <FECNmap>]

[-demap <DEtoCLPmap>] [-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-ingut <chanIngrPercentUtil>]

[-egut <chanEgrPercentUtil>] [-egrat <chanEgrSrvRate>] [-ovrid <chanOvrSubOvrRide>]

[-locvpi <localVpi>] [-locvci <localVci>] [-locnsap <localNSAP>] [-rmtvpi <remoteVpi>]

[-rmtvci <remoteVci>] [-rmtnsap <remoteNSA>] [-master <masterShip>] [-vpcflag <vpcFlag>]

[-cos <connServiceType>] [-rtngprio <routingPriority>] [-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>]

[-directrte <DirectedRoute>] [-maxcost <maxCost>] [-type <restrictedType>] [-pcr <connPCR>]

[-mcr <connMCR>] [-rpcr <RemotePCR>] [-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>]

[-srvovrd <overrideval>] [-srvrate <ServiceRate>] [-zeir <EIR>] [-rerout <chanReRoute>]


xcnfchan -chn <chanNum>

or

xcnfchan -pt <portNum> -dlci <DLCI>

[-chn <ChanNum>] [-en <ChanRowStatus>] [-pt <PortNum>] [-dlci <DLCI>] [-cir <CIR>]

[-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-cntp <chantype>] [-ovrid <chanOvrSubOvrRide>]

[-fecnmap <FECNmap>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-demap <DEtCLmap>]

[-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-eqsel <EgressQSelect>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>]

[-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>]

[-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>] [-abrpcr <ABRPCR>] [-abrmcr <ABRMCR>] [-abricr <ABRICR>]

[-egrat <chanEgrSrvRate>] [-ingut <chanIngrPercentUtil>] [-egut <chanEgrPercentUtil>] [-ibs <IBS>]

[-rtngpri <routingPriority>] [-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>] [-directrte <DirectedRoute>]

[-maxcost <maxCost>] [-type <RestrictedType>] [-rerout <chanReroute>] [-pcr <connPCR>]

[-rpcr <RemotePCR>] [-scr <ConnSCR>] [-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>]

[-tstyp <TestType>] [-tssta <TestState>] [-tsres <RTDresult>] [-rmtlb <LocalRemoteLoopbackState>]




Syntax Description

-chn Specify the channel to be modified. You can view channel information with the dspcons and dspchans commands. Range of channels by card type:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C = 16-1015

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 16-2015

• FRSM-2CT3 = 16-4015

• FRSM-HS2/B with 12IN1-8S back card = 16-4015

• FRSM-HS2/B with HSSI back card = 16-2015

-en Channel Row Status.

• Add = 1

• Delete = 2

• Modify = 3

-admin Connection Admin Status.

• Up = 1

• Down = 2

-pt Port Number. Use the dspports command to view the configured ports. Range of ports by card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256



-dlci Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) of the connection you want to configure. Range is 16-1023. You can view connection DLCI information with the dspcons command.

-eqsel Egress queue select.

• High priority egress queue = 1

• Low priority egress queue = 2

-sertp Channel service type. Select one of the following service types:


• 2 = rtVBR

• 3 = nrtVBR

• 4 = FST-ABR

• 5 = UBR

• 9 = STD-ABR






































-cir Committed information rate (CIR) bps value:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 0–1536000

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 0–2048000

• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000







-bc Burst commit:





-be Burst excess:





-ibs Initial burst size, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3 and FRSM-HS2/B = 0–2097151 bytes

Default: 100 bytes

Note The initial burst size should be less than or equal to the value of the burst committed when the committed information rate is set to greater than 0.When the committed information rate is set to 0, the initial burst size MUST be set to 0.

-abricr Initial cell rate (ICR) allowed. The ICR is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period. Ranges by card types:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C = 10–10000 cells/sec

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C = 10–10000 cells/sec

• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B = 10–198412 cells/sec




-abrmcr Minimum cell rate for ABR connections. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.





-abrpcr Peak cell rate for ABR connections. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.





-rif Rate increase factor controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell.


-rdf Rate decrease factor controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2.


-nrm The inrate cell count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM (FRM) cell.


-trm The maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.

Range: 3–255 msec

-tbe The transient buffer exposure is a negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns.


-frtt The fixed round trip time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back.


-adtf The ACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.


-cdf Cutoff decrease factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM.





-rmtlb Local remote loopback state.

• 1 = enabled

• 2 = disabled

Note For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 3, “FRSM Card Management.”

-tstyp Test type.

• Test Continuity = 1 (Same functionality as tstcon command)

• Test Delay = 2 (Same functionality as tstdelay command)

-tssta Test state.

Note This option is a read-only parameter and is not configurable.

-tsres RTD result.

Note This option is a read-only parameter and is not configurable.







-fecnmap Mapping between FECN and EFCI.

• 1 = map EFCI (this option valid only for SIW)

• 2 = make EFCI 0



• CLP=0: -demap 2

• CLP=1: -demap 3



• DE=0: -clpmap 2

• DE=1: -clpmap 3





-contp Connection type. Select one of the following:

• PVC = 1

• SVC = 2

• SPVC = 3

• PAR = 4

• PNNI = 5

• TAG = 6








-ovrid Over subscription override. To apply CAC, enter -ovrid 1. To ignore CAC, enter -ovrid 2. Default setting does not apply CAC

-locvpi Local VPI number. Range is 1-65536.

-locvci Local VCI number. Range is 1-65536.

-locnsap Local connection ID. The local NSAP is a 20 byte hex number. The format is: LocalNsapAddress.VPI.VCI.

-rmtvpi Remote VPI number. Range is 1-65536.

-rmtvci Remote VCI number. Range is 1-65536.

-rmtnsap Remote connection ID. The remote NSAP is a 20 byte hex number. The format is: RemoteNsapAddress.VPI.VCI.


• 1 = master


-vpcflag VPC flag.

• 1 = vpc

• 2 = vcc






• rtVBR1 = 22

• rtVBR2 = 23

• rtVBR3 = 24

• nrtVBR1 = 25

• nrtVBR2 = 26

• nrtVBR3 = 27

• UBR1 = 28

• UBR2 = 29

• stdABR = 30


-prefrte Preferred Route ID for this connection. The preferred route feature is applicable only to the master end of an SPVC. This option assigns a unique identifier for the preferred route to which this connection is associated. When the route ID is set to 0, the connection is not associated with any preferred routes. Range is 0 to 65,535. Default is 0.


• 1 = Yes



-type Trunk restriction option. To restrict the connection routing to terrestrial trunks, enter -type 2. To restrict the connection routing to satellite trunks, enter -type 3. To enable connection routing without trunk restrictions, enter -type 1. Default setting routes connections with no restrictions














-mcr Local minimum cell rate:





Note This option is not supported. To configure the minimum cell rate for Standard ABR connections, use the -abrmcr option.
















-srvovrd Channel service rate override programming option.

• 1 = enable

• 2 = disable

-srvrate The actual channel service rate to be provisioned for the given channel (in cps) in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type:.



• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B Range: 10–198412

-zeir Specifies the excess information rate for zero CIR cases. The following are the values:



• FRSM-2CT3 = 0–1536000 bps

• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000 bps

• FSM-2E3 = 0–34010000 bps






Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delchans, delcon, dncon, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Place channel 17 on the current FRSM card into an administratively down status.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xcnfchan -chn 17 -en 3 -admin 2

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

-rerout Channel reroute.

• 1 = true

• 2 = false





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfchanstdabr

xcnfchanstdabrConfigure Channel for Standard ABR—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the xcnfchanstdabr command to configure standard ABR parameters.

Syntax

xcnfchanstdabr -chn <ChanNum> [-abrmcr <MCR>] [-abrpcr <PCR>] [-abricr <ICR>]

[-rif <RateIncreaseFactor>] [-rdf <RateDecreaseFactor>] [-nrm <InrateCellCount>]

[-trm <TimeLimitForFrm>] [-tbe <TransientBufferExposure>] [-frtt <FixedRoundTripTime>][-adtf <AcrDecreaseTimeFactor>] [-cdf <CutoffDecreaseFactor>]

Syntax Description

-chn Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons, dspchans, and xdspchans commands.

-abrmcr Minimum cell rate (MCR) allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.

Range: 10–10000 cells/sec

-abrpcr Peak cell rate (PCR) allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.


-abricr Initial cell rate (ICR) allowed. The ICR is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period.


-rif Rate increase factor controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell.


-rdf Rate decrease factor controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2.


-nrm The inrate cell count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM (FRM) cell.


-trm The maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.

Range: 3–255 msec

-tbe The transient buffer exposure is a negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfchanstdabr

Related Commands

cnfchanstdabr, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchanstdabr, dspstdabrctrl, xdspchanstdabr

Attributes

Example

Change the MCR to 4000 cps and the trm to 100 ms on channel 18 of the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xcnfchanstdabr -chn 18 -abrmcr 4000 -trm 100

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

-frtt The fixed round trip time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back.


-adtf The ACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.


-cdf Cutoff decrease factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM.





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfdsx3bert

xcnfdsx3bertConfigure DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the xcnfdsx3bert command to acquire, release, configure, start, modify, and delete bit error rate testing (BERT) on the FRSM-2T3E3 card.

Syntax

xcnfdsx3bert -ds3bct <state> -ds3btm <medium> -ds3bln <line num> -ds3bmo <mode> -ds3bei <EIR> -ds3bpt <test pattern>

Syntax Description

-ds3bct Type of DSX3 BERT control.

• 1 = acquire BERT

• 2 = Release BERT

• 3 = Configure BERT

• 4 = Start BERT

• 5 = Modify BERT

• 6 = Delete BERT

-ds3btm DSX3 BERT test medium.

• 1 = Port

• 2 = Line

-ds3bln Line number.

Range: 1–2

-ds3bmo BERT mode as pattern or loopback.

• 1 = pattern

• 2 = loopback




Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Acquire BERT resources for testing.

-ds3bei DSX3 error insertion rates.

• 1 = no error

• 2 = 1 in 10

• 3 = 1 in 100

• 4 = 1 in 1000

• 5 = 1 in 10^^4

• 6 = 1 in 10^^5

• 7 = 1 in 10 ^^6

• 8 = 1 in 10 ^^7

-ds3bpt DSX3 BERT pattern.

• 1 = All Ones

• 2 = All Zeros

• 3 = Alternate One and Zero

• 4 = Double Ones and Zeroes

• 5 = 3 in 24

• 6 = 1 in 16

• 7 = 1 in 8

• 8 = 1 in 4

• 9 = Superframe Loop Up

• 10 = Superframe Loop Down

• 11 = ThreeBit (2^3-1)

• 12 = FourBit (2^4-1)

• 13 = FiveBit (2^5-1)

• 14 = SixBit (2^6-1)

• 15 = SevenBit (2^7-1)

• 16 = Fractional T1 Loop Up

• 17 = Fractional T1 Loop Down

• 18 = NineBit (2^9-1)

• 19 = TenBit (2^10-1)

• 20 = ElevenBit (2^11-1)

• 21 = FifteenBit (2^15-1)

• 22 = SeventeenBit (2^17-1)

• 23 = EighteenBit (2^18-1)

• 24 = TwentyBit (2^20-1)

• 25 = TwentyBit QRSS

• 26 = TwentyOneBit (2^21-1)

• 27 = TwentyTwoBit (2^22-1)

• 28 = TwentyThreeBit (2^23-1)

• 29 = TwentyFiveBit (2^25-1)

• 30 = TwentyEightBit (2^28-1)

• 31 = TwentyNineBit (2^29-1)

• 32 = ThirtyOneBit (2^31-1)

• 33 = ThirtyTwoBit (2^32-1)





PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > xcnfdsx3bert -ds3bct 1




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfln

xcnflnConfigure Line—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xcnfln command to configure line characteristics.

Note RS-232 ports are not supported on the current set of FRSM cards.


To configure RS-232 lines:

xcnfln -rs232 <PortNum> [-e <PortEnable>] [-b <PortBps>]

To configure DS1 lines:

xcnfln -ds1 <LineNum> [-ct <ConnectorType>] [-e <LineEnable>] [-lt <LineType>]

[-lc <LineCoding>] [-len <LineLength>] [-clk <XmtClkSource>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>] [-sc <SendCode>] [-detect <LoopbackCodeDetection>]

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3




xcnfln -ds3 <LineNum> [-e <dsx3LineEnable>] [-ds3lt <lineType>] [-lc <LineCoding>]

[-len <LineLength>] [-dsuen <SubRateEna>] [-dsusel <DsuSelect>] [-dsulr <DsuLineRate>]

[-dsuscr <scrambleEnable>] [-oof <LineOOFCriteria>] [-cb <LineAIScBitsCheck>]

[-lpb <LoopCmd>] [-rfeac <LineRcvFEACValidation>] [-ds3clk <dsx3LineXmtClockSrc>]

[-ds3equ <dsx3LineEqualizer>] [-ds3ben <LineBertEnable>]

To configure E3 lines:

xcnfln -e3 <LineNum> [-e <dsx3LineEnable>] [-ds3lt <lineType>] [-lc <LineCoding>]

[-len <LineLength>] [-dsuen <SubRateEna>] [-dsusel <DsuSelect>] [-dsulr <DsuLineRate>]

[-dsuscr <scrambleEnable>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>] [-ds3clk <dsx3LineXmtClockSrc>]

[-ds3equ <dsx3LineEqualizer>] [-ds3ben <LineBertEnable>]

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3




xcnfln -ds1 <LineNum> [-e <LineEnable>] [-lt <LineType>] [-clk <XmtClkSource>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>]

[-sc <SendCode>] [-detect <LoopbackCodeDetection>]


xcnfln -ds3 <LineNum> [-e <dsx3LineEnable>] [-ds3lt <lineType>] [-lc <LineCoding>]




[-len <LineLength>] [-oof <LineOOFCriteria>] [-cb <LineAIScBitsCheck>]

[-lpb <LoopCmd>] [-rfeac <LineRcvFEACValidation>] [-ds3clk <dsx3LineXmtClockSrc>]

[-ds3equ <dsx3LineEqualizer>]

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B



To configure X.21/V.35/HSSI lines:

xcnfln -x21|-hssi <LineNum> [-e <LineEnable>] [-lt <LineType>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>] [-sc <SendCode>]

[-detect <LoopbackCodeDetection>] [-clktype <LineClockType >] [-intrtyp <LineInterfaceType>]

[-freqth <ClkFrequencyThreshold>] [-srllr <serialLineRate>]

Syntax Description

-rs232 Enter the number of the port you want to configure. Use the xdsplns -rs232 command to view the available rs232 ports.


-e Port Enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2


-b Port speed in bps. Available port speeds are 9600, 2400, 19200.


-ds1 Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to view the available lines.

-ds3 Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dspds3lns command to view the available lines.

-e3 Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dspds3lns command to view the available lines.

-x21|-hssi Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to view the available lines.

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card (-hssi option) = 1-2

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-12IN1-8S back card (-x21 option) = 1 to 8

-ct Connector type.

• SMB = 2

• RJ48 = 3

-e Line enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

• Modify = 3




-lt Line type for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C:

• dsx1 ESF = 1

• dsx1 D4 = 2

• dsx1 E1 = 3

• dsx1 E1 CRC = 4

• dsx1 E1 MF = 5

• dsx1 E1 MF CRC = 6

• dsx1 E1 CLEAR = 7

Line type for FRSM-2CT3 channelized T1s:

• dsx1 ESF = 1

• dsx1 D4 = 2

Line type for FRSM-HS2/B:

• DTE = 1

• DCE = 2


-ds3lt Dsx3 Line Type.

• C bit parity = 1

• G.832 - G.804 = 2

• M13 = 3

• G.751 = 4

Note For FRSM-2E3 only G.751 is supported.

-lc Line coding for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C:

• dsx1 B8ZS = 2 (T1 line)

• dsx1 HDB3 = 3 (E1 line)

• dsx1 AMI = 4 (T1 or E1 line)

Line coding for FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3:

• dsx3 B3ZS = 1 (DS3 line)

• e3 HDB3 = 2 (E3 line)




-len Line length for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C:

• E1 SMB 75 ohm = 8

• E1 RJ48 120 ohm = 9

• T1: 10–15

– 10: 0–131 ft.

– 11: 131–262 ft.

– 12: 262–393 ft.

– 13: 393–524 ft.

– 14: 524–655 ft.

– 15: 655+ ft.

Line length for FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3:


• 2 = greater than or equal to 225 feet

-clk Xmt Clock Source.

• Loop Clock = 1

• Local Clock = 2




-lpb Type of loopback for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3 (DS1):

• No loop = 1

• Remote loop = 2

• Local loop = 3

Note Option 2 is not supported on the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, or the FRSM-8E1-C and must be enabled through the use of the SRM

Type of loopback for FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3 (DS3):

• No loop = 1

• Remote loop = 2

• Local loop = 3

• Inband local loop = 4

Note The inband local loop is sometimes called DTE loopback, which loops data back toward DTE equipment.

Type of loopback for FRSM-HS2/B (for both HSSI/X.21):

• No loop = 1

• Remote = 4

• Metallic = 5

Note Metallic loopback is not the same as local loopback. Metallic loopback loops the data back to the network at the physical port on the back card of a service module, whereas local loopback loops the data back to the network through the framer in the service module.





-sc Send code for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C:

• No code = 1

• Line code = 2

• Payload code = 3

• Reset code = 4

Send code for FRSM-2CT3 channelized T1s:

• No code = 1

• Line code = 2

• Payload code = 3

Send code for FRSM-HS2/B:

• No code = 1

• Loop A = 2

• Loop B = 3

• Local loop = 4

• Remote loop = 5

• Unloop = 6

-detect Loopback code detection.

• Code detect disabled = 1

• Code detect enabled = 2


-clktype Clock type.

• 1 = RXC clock not inverted, TXC clock not looped (Internal clock), applicable for V.35/X.21 back cards.

• 2 = RXC clock inverted, TXC clock not looped (Internal clock), applicable for V.35/X.21 back cards.

• 3 = RXC clock not inverted, TXC clock looped (TxCE), applicable only for V.35 back card.

• 4 = RXC clock inverted, TXC clock looped (TxCE), applicable only for V.35 back card.

Note Signal names are w.r.t. to the DTE side.

-dsuen Dsx3 Subrate Enable.

• Disable = 1 (Default)

• Enable = 2

-dsusel Dsx3 DSU select.

• Digital Link 3100 mode = 1

• ADC-Kentrox mode = 2

• lars Com = 3

• G.751 Clear channel = 4




-dsulr Dsx3 Line Rate. Enter a line rate that falls within the subrate range and is a multiple of the step value listed below.

• T3, DL3100 Mode—Subrate range: 300 to 44100, Step: 300, Full rate: 44210Kbps

• T3, ADC-Kentrox Mode—Subrate range: 1500 to 35000, Step: 500, Full rate: 44210Kbps

• E3, DL3100 Mode—Subrate range: 358 to 34010, Step: 358, Full rate: 34010Kbps

• E3, ADC-Kentrox Mode—Subrate range: 1000 to 24500, Step: 500, Full rate: 34099Kbps

• E3, Clear Channel—Subrate range: N/A, Step: N/A, Full rate: 34099Kbps

Note The Clear Channel selection requires that the -dsuen <SubRateEna> parameter be set to disabled.

-dsuscr Dsx3 DSU Line Scramble enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

-oof Out of frame (OOF) criteria.

• 3 out of 8 = 1

• 3 out of 16 = 2

-cb Alarm indication signal (AIS) C-bits check.

• Check C-bit = 1

• Ignore C-bit = 2

-rfeac Receive Far-end Alarm and Control (FEAC) validation.

• 4 out of 5 = 1

• 8 out of 10 = 2

-ds3clk Dsx3 Line XMT clock source.

• Backplane clock from PXM = 1

• Recovery clock from T3/E3 = 2

• Local clock = 3 (Default)

-ds3equ Dsx3 Line equalizer.

• Internal equalizer = 1

• External equalizer = 2

-ds3ben Dsx3 Line BERT enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

-srllr Specify a serial line rate from the following ranges:

• HSSI: 48000 to 51840000 bps

• V.35/X.21: 48000 to 8192000 bps

Note Specify the serial line rate in multiples of 1000. For example, the following are valid line rates: 50000, 51835000, 10238000.




Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example

Enable loopback code detection on line 3 of the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xcnfln -ds1 3 -e 3 -detect 2

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >


• X.21 = 2






Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfport

xcnfportConfigure Port—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xcnfport command to configure the characteristics of a port on an FRSM card. The xcnfport command can also be used to create new Frame Relay ports.

Syntax

xcnfport -pt <PortNum> [-ln <PortLineNum>] [-en <PortEnable>] [-sp <PortDs0Speed>][-ts <PortDs0ConfigBitMap>] [-rat <PortEqueueServiceRatio>] [-flag <PortFlagsBetweenFrames>][-sig <SignalingProtocol>] [-asy <AsynchMsg>] [-t391 <T391Timer>] [-t392 <T392Timer>][-n391 <N391Counter>] [-n392 <N392Counter>] [-n393 <N393Counter>][-enhancedLmi <enhancedLmi>] [-lmias <lmi_autosense>] [-cllmen <cllmEnable>] [-cllmtm <cnfFrXmtCLLMStatusTimer>] [-ptp <portType>] [-svcen <portSvcStatus>] [-svcuse <portSvcInUse>] [-pta <portAdmin>] [-pbe <portBertEnable>] [-m32eqth <EgressQueueThreshold>]

Syntax Description

-pt Port Number. Specify the number for the port you want to modify or create. The dspports and xdspports commands lists all configured ports. The port number range varies with the card type:








Note On the FRSM-2CT3, only 128 ports can be added per T3 line. In addition, Freedom chip resources are distributed across the two T3 lines. Use the dspfdminfo command to monitor the allocation of these resources when adding ports.

-ln Port Line Number. Line number to which the port definition or modification applies. To display the lines that have been added, enter the dsplns or dspds3lns command. The line number range varies with the card type:

• FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8T1-C range: 1-8

• FRSM-8E1 and FRSM-8E1-C range: 1-8

• FRSM-2T3E3 range: 1-2


• FRSM-HS2/B range: 1-2 (HSSI back card)

• FRSM-HS2/B range: 1-8 (12IN1-8S back card)




-en Port Row Status.

• Add = 1

• Delete = 2

• Modify = 3

-sp Port DS0 Speed. This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports and sets the bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0:

• 1 = 56 Kbps

• 2 = 64 Kbps

When adding a port to an E1 line configured with CLEAR signalling, only use the 64 Kbps option.

Note The DS0 speed cannot be changed on an existing port.

-ts Port DS0 Configuration Bit Map. This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports. Enter a binary number, where each bit represents a timeslot on the line. The least-significant bit it the lowest timeslot number. A 1 bit signifies that the timeslot is used; a 0 bit signifies that the timeslot is not used. Range = 0-2^32-1.

Note The DS0 bitmap cannot be changed on an existing port.

-rat Port Egress Queue Service Ratio. This option determines the queue service priority on egress. Range = 1-15.

-flag Port Flags Between Frames. This option determines the minimum number of hexadecimal 7E flags inserted between frames leaving the FRSM. Range = 1-255.

-sig Signaling Protocol. Type of LMI signaling to be used on the card:

• 1 = Other

• 2 = None

• 3 = Strata LMI

• 4 = Annex A UNI

• 5 = Annex D UNI

• 6 = Annex A NNI

• 7 = Annex D NNI

-asy Enables or disables asynchronous updates.

• Update Status (UPD) and Unsolicited Full Status (UFS) disabled = 1 (default)

• UPD enabled = 2

• UFS enabled = 3

• UPD and UFS enabled = 4

-t391 T391 timer. This setting is the interval in seconds for UNI status polling.

Range: 5–30 sec

Default: 10




-t392 T392 timer. This setting is the interval in seconds for NNI status polling.

Range: 5–30 sec

Default: 15

-n391 N391 counter. This setting establishes the number of UNI/NNI polling cycles.

Range: 1–255

Default: 6

-n392 N392 counter. This setting is the UNI/NNI error threshold.

Range: 1–10

Default: 3

-n393 N393 counter. This setting is the UNI/NNI monitored events threshold, which must be greater than N392.

Range: 1–10

Default = 4

-enhancedLmi Enable or disable enhanced LMI (ELMI).

• Disable = 1 (default)

• Enable = 2

-lmias LMI autosense. With LMI autosense enabled the frame relay port will detect and configure its LMI signaling type to that of the LMI signaling type configured on the attached CPE. If LMI autosense is disabled, the user must manually configure the LMI signaling type by using the -sig option above or the addport or cnfport commands.


• 2 = enable


-cllmen Enable or disable Consolidated Link Layer Management (CLLM). CLLM allows the ForeSight congestion management feature to extend beyond the boundaries of the MGX network.


• 2 = enable

Note LMI NNI signalling must be enabled to enable CLLM (see cnfport).

-cllmtm CLLM timer. This setting is the amount of time to wait to receive CLLM updates before timing out.

Range: 40–5000 ms

Default: 1000 (1 sec)

-ptp Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.







Related Commands

addport, cnfport, cnfportcllm, delport, delports, dspport, dspports, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Configure enhanced LMI on port 1 of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > xcnfport -pt 1 -enhancedLmi 2


-svcen Port SVC Status.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

-svcuse Port SVC In Use. Specifies whether SVC’s are in use.

• Not in use = 1

• In use = 2

-pta Port administrative state.

• Up = 1

• Down = 2

-pbe Port BERT enable. This option applies to FRSM-2T3E3 ports only.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

-m32eqth M32 egress queue threshold. This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C ports. Enter a threshold value in the range of 1 to 6000 bytes




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfportrscprtn

xcnfportrscprtnConfigure Port Resource Partition—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xcnfportrscprtn command to modify a resource partition configuration for a specific port. A resource partition assigns port resources such as bandwidth and a DLCI range to a specific controller such as PNNI. In this release, a PNNI resource partition is automatically created when a port is created, and all resources are assigned to the PNNI controller.

Syntax

xcnfportrscprtn -pt <portNum> -ctrlr <controller> -en <rowStatusb> [-maxlcn <max_lcn>]

[-lodlci <dlci_low>] [-hidlci <dlci_high>] [-ingrbw <ingressBW>] [-egrbw <egressBW>]

[-ctrid <controller-id>]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspports, dsprscprtn, xdspports

-pt Specify the number for the port you want to configure. The dspports and xdspports commands lists all configured ports.

-ctrlr Controller for this partition:

• PAR = 1

• PNNI = 2

• MPLS = 3

-en Row Status.

• Add = 1

• Delete = 2

• Modify = 3

-maxlcn Maximum LCN to be used on this port. Range by card type:

• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000



-lodlci Minimum DLCI to be used on this port. Range is 16 to 1023.

-hidlci Maximum DLCI to be used on this port. Range is 16 to 1023.

-ingrbw Ingress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for ingress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.

-egrbw Egress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for egress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.

-ctrid Enter a number that will be associated with the controller used by this partition. Range is 1 to 255.



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexcnfportrscprtn

Attributes

Example

Change the maximum LCN available for the PNNI controller on port 1 to 1000.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > xcnfportrscprtn -pt 1 -ctrlr 2 -en 3 -maxlcn 1000





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspchan

xdspchanDisplay Channel—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspchan command to display configuration and operational data for a connection.

Syntax

xdspchan -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delchans, delcon, dncon, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Display configuration and operational data for channel 16 on the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > xdspchan -chn 16

------------------------------------------------------ ChanNum: 16 RowStatus: Add AdmnState: Up ChanState: Ok ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- PORT-ALARM CTRLR-ABIT E-AIS/RDI LMI-ABIT RAS FAIL ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NO NO NO NO NO ------------------------------------------------------

ChanNum: 16 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanAdminStatus: Up ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 16 EgressQSelect: n/a chanServType: CBR IngressQDepth: 65535 bytes IngressQDEThresh: 32767 bytes IngressQECNThresh: 6553 bytes EgressQDepth: 65535 bytes EgressQDEThresh: 32767 bytes EgressQECNThresh: 6553 bytes DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 1536000 bps

ChanNum Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons, dspchans, and xdspchans commands




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspchan

Bc: 5100 bytes Be: 5100 bytes IBS: 100 bytes ICR: 10 cps MCR: 10 cps PCR: 10 cps RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: SPVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 1536000 bps ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Do not apply CAC ChanLocalVpi: 9 ChanLocalVci: 35 ChanLocalNSAP: 47009181000000000164444b61000001074b0100 ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR1 ChanRoutingPriority: 8 ChanPreferredRouteId: 0 ChanDirectedRoute: No ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 5760 cps ChanConnSCR: 5760 cps ChanConnMCR: 10 cps ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanConnRemotePCR: 5760 cps ChanConnRemoteSCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemoteMCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemotePercentUtil:100 ChanServiceTypeOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 4000 cps ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps Channel Reroute False RemoteConnMBS: 1024 cells


M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspchancnt

xdspchancntDisplay Channel Count—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspchancnt command to display detailed historical statistics for an ATM connection. Use this command to view the traffic being processed on a specific connection. Because the statistics are historical, you might want to clear them using the clrchancnt or clrchancnts command before beginning your testing or troubleshooting.


Syntax

xdspchancnt -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, clrchancnt, clrchancnts, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchancnt, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xclrchancnt, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

Display channel counters of channel 16 on the FRSM card in slot 12.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 16

ChanNum: 16 ChanState: okay ChanUpTime: 1372885

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Sending A=1 Off ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state Total Frames: 10002 10001 Total Bytes: 1060064 1060032 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 Frames Discarded: 0 0 Bytes Discarded: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0

-chn Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

Log: No State: Any State Privilege: Any User



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspchancnt

Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0


Tx Rx --------------- --------------- FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 BytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspchans

xdspchansDisplay Channels—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspchans command to display a summary of all the connections on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

xdspchans

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delchans, delcon, dncon, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan

Attributes

Example

Display a summary of all the connections on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > xdspchans

LCN Port.DLCI VPI.VCI Class Type M/S CIR DE EgrQ Admin Alarm ---- --------- ------- ------ ----- --- -------- --- ---- ----- ----- 0016 001.0016 11.0035 CBR NIW S 8192000 Dis n/a Up OK 0017 002.0016 11.0035 CBR NIW M 8192000 Dis n/a Up OK







Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspchanstdabr

xdspchanstdabrDisplay Channel Standard ABR—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the xdspchanstdabr command to display standard ABR parameters for a specific channel on a FRSM.

Syntax

xdspchanstdabr -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanstdabr, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchanstdabr, dspstdabrctrl, xcnfchanstdabr

Attributes

Example

Display the standard ABR parameters of channel 17 on the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xdspchanstdabr -chn 17

ChanNum: 17 MCR: 0 cps PCR: 0 cps ICR: 0 cps RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

ChanNum Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons, dspchans, and xdspchans commands.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspdsx3bert

xdspdsx3bertDisplay Dsx3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the xdspdsx3bert command to view parameters and results of the current bit error rate test (BERT) session.

Syntax

xdspdsx3bert

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Display the current BERT test status.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > xdspdsx3bert

Bert Control: Acquire dsx3Bert Bert Resource Status State: In Use Bert Owner: CLI Bert Status: Inactive Bert Test Medium: Line Line Number : 0 Bert Mode : bertPatternTest Bert Pattern : allOnes Start time (secs.) Not Configured Yet Start Date Not Configured Yet Bit uppercount: 0 Bit lowercount: 0 Bit Error uppercount 0 Bit Error lowercount 0 Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled Error Insertion count: 0





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspln

xdsplnDisplay Line Configuration—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Enter the xdspln command to view configuration for a specified line.



xdspln -rs232 <PortNum>

or

xdspln -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3


or

xdspln <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3


or

xdspln <-ds3|-ds1> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B

xdspln <-rs232|-x21> <LineNum>

Syntax Description

PortNum Port number of the RS-232 line you want to display. Range is 1 to 2. Use the xdsplns -rs232 command to view the available lines.


LineNum Line number for the line you want to display. Use the dsplns, dspds3lns, or xdsplns command to view the available lines. Range of lines:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C = 1-8 for ds1 lines.

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1-2 for ds3 and e3 lines.

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1-2 for ds3 lines and 1-56 for ds1 lines.

• FRSM-HS2/B = 1-2 for the MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card and 1-8 for the MGX-12IN1-8S back card.



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspln

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns, xcnfln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example

Display line 1 on the current FRSM-8T1 card.

spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdspln -ds1 1

LineNum: 1 LineConnectorType: RJ-48 LineType: dsx1ESF LineEnable: Disable LineCoding: dsx1B8ZS LineLength: 0-131 ft LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineSendCode: NoCode LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x0 LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled LineBertEnable: Disable LineNumOfValidEntries: 8 spirit.1.1.FRSM.a >




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdsplns

xdsplnsDisplay Lines—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdsplns command to view a summary of all lines on the current card.


Syntax

xdsplns -<lineType>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln

Attributes

Example

Display rs232 lines on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > xdsplns -rs232

Port Type Enable Baudrate ---- ---------------------- -------- -------- 9.1 Maintenance RS232 Port Disable 19200

SerialPortNumOfValidEntries: 1

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >

lineType Line type for the line summary you want to display. Types of lines available by card type:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C = rs232 or ds1

• FRSM-2T3E3 = rs232, ds3, or e3

• FRSM-2CT3 = rs232, ds1, or ds3

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card = rs232 or x21

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-12IN1-8S back card = rs232 or x21





Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspport

xdspportDisplay Port—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspport command on a FRSM to view a detailed port configuration for a single port.

Syntax

xdspport -pt <PortNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, delport, dspport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Display port 1 configuration information on the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > xdspport -pt 1

SlotNum: 9 PortLineNum: 1 PortNum: 1 PortRowStatus: Add PortDs0Speed: 64k PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1) PortEqueueServiceRatio: n/a PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 0 PortSpeed: 1536 kbps SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 sec T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15 sec N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: Active PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 40 ms portType: frameRelay portEnhancedSIW: Disable PortIngrPercentUtil: 100 PortEgrPercentUtil: 100 PortOversubscribed: False

PortNum Specify the number for the port you want to view. The dspports and xdspports commands lists all configured ports.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspport

PortSvcStatus: Disable PortSvcInUse: Not In-Use PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based PortSvcLcnLow: 0 PortSvcLcnHigh: 0 PortSvcDlciLow: 0 PortSvcDlciHigh: 0

PortNumNextAvailable: 4

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspportcnt

xdspportcntDisplay Port Counters—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspportcnt command to view detailed historical statistics for a specified port on the FRSM. Use this command to view the traffic being transmitted to and received from the attached end-user equipment. Because the statistics are historical, you might want to clear them using the clrportcnt or clrportcnts command before beginning testing or troubleshooting.


Syntax

xdspportcnt -pt <PortNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrportcnt, clrportcnts, dspportcnt, dspports, xclrportcnt

Attributes

Example

Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM-8T1 card.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > xdspportcnt -pt 1

PortNum: 1

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 Frames Abort: 0 0 Buf Not Available: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtFramesUnderrun: 0 RcvFramesDE: 0 RcvFramesDiscCRCError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0 RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0

-pt Specify the number for the port for which you want to view statistics. The dspports or xdspports command lists all configured ports.




Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspportcnt

RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0


Tx Rx --------------- --------------- RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 RcvFramesDiscNoChan: 0 RcvFramesUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvLastUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvFramesTaggedFECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedBECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedDE: 0 Status: 0 0 StatusInquiry: 0 0 AsynchUpdate: 0 0 RcvInvalidRequest: 0 RcvUNISeqMismatch: 0 RcvNNISeqMismatch: 0 UNISignallingTimeout: 21 NNISignallingTimeout: 0 FramesCLLM: 0 0 BytesCLLM: 0 0 CLLMFailures: 0 RcvFramesDiscard: 0 XmtFramesDE: 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 BytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 4 FRSM Command Referencexdspports

xdspportsDisplay Ports—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspports command to view a summary of all ports on the current card.

Syntax

xdspports

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, delport, dspport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspport

Attributes

Example

Display a summary of all ports on the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xdspports

Port Ena/Speed EQServ SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 Type Alarm ELMI Ratio -------- --- ----- ------ ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- ----- ---- 12.1.1 Mod/1536k 1 StrataLMI 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 12.2.2 Mod/1536k 1 StrataLMI 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off

Number of ports: 2

PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000 PortNumNextAvailable: 4

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >




Cisco Frame Relay Software ConfiguraRelease 4, Part Number OL-3851-01 Rev. B0, May 2003

I N D E X

Symbols

? 4-7

A

ABR rate control feature 4-156

acqdsx3bert 4-8

addchanloop 3-16, 4-9

addcon 2-19, 2-28, 4-11

addds3loop 3-15, 4-18

addds3rmtloop 3-15, 4-19

addln 2-7, 4-20

addlnloop 3-15, 4-21

addport 2-15, 4-23

addrmtloop 3-15, 4-26

addrscprtn 3-8, 4-27

addspvc 4-29

alarms

cards 3-3

connections 3-11

lines 3-6

ports 3-7

AMI line coding 1-4

ANSI T1.102.1993 1-5

ANSI T1.408 1-4

ANSI T1.617 Annex D 1-3

ANSI T1.618 1-3

audience, for this document xv

B

B8ZS line coding 1-4, 1-5

back cards 1-1

BERT 3-17

BERT with T1/E1 lines and ports 3-18

BERT with T3/E3 lines and ports 3-21

FRSM support 1-7

on FRSM-2CT3 1-5

on FRSM-2T3E3 1-5

on FRSM-8E1 1-4

on FRSM-8T1 1-4

BNC-2E3A back card 1-1

BNC-2E3 back card 1-1

BNC-2T3 back card 1-1

bulk distribution 1-7

C

cards

displaying general information 3-3

management commands 4-2

management procedures 3-2

software version and status 3-3

viewing alarms 3-3

caution

symbol, defined xxvi

C-bit parity 1-5

CCITT-16 CRC 1-3

channelized cards, identification 3-2, 4-156

channel loopbacks 3-15

chkflash 3-4, 4-36

clear 4-37

clear channel E1 1-4

CLLM 1-3

clralm 4-38

IN-1tion Guide and Command Reference

Index

clralmcnt 4-39

clralmcnts 4-40

clralms 4-41

clrbertcntrs 4-42

clrcderrs 4-43

clrchancnt 4-44

clrchancnts 4-45

clrmsgcnt 4-46

clrportcnt 4-47

clrportcnts 4-48

clrsarcnt 4-49

clrsarcnts 4-50

clrscrn 4-51

clrslftst 4-52

clrtaskinfo 4-53

cls 4-54

cnfchan 4-55

cnfchanabrparams 4-56

cnfchanabrrates 4-58

cnfchancacoff 4-60

cnfchanegressq 4-61

cnfchaneir 4-63

cnfchaningressq 4-64

cnfchanmap 4-66

cnfchanpol 4-68

cnfchansrvrate 4-71

cnfchanstdabr 4-73

cnfclktype 4-75

cnfcon 4-76

cnfds3ln 2-13, 4-78

cnfdsx3bert 4-80

cnfegrq 4-82

cnfegrservtype 4-84

cnfln 2-11, 2-14, 4-85

cnflnloop 3-15, 4-88

cnflnsubrate 4-89

cnfm32eqthresh 4-91

cnfoamlpbk 4-92

cnfport 4-94

IN-2Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Re

cnfportcllm 4-96

cnfrdimapenbl 4-98

cnfrscprtn 3-9, 4-99

cnfslftst 4-101

cnfstdabrctrl 4-102

cnftrafficgen 3-14, 4-103

cnfunit391 4-105

commands

card management 4-2

connection management 4-5

line management 4-2

partition management 4-5

port management 4-4

session management 4-1

connections

deleting a connection 3-13

displaying a list 3-11

displaying a single connection 3-11



See also SPVC

testing a connection 3-13

conventions, documentation xxvi

copychans 4-106

copyports 4-108

cpstobps 4-109

CRC 1-3

D

delchan 4-110

delchanloop 3-16, 4-111

delchans 4-112

delcon 3-13, 4-113

delds3loop 3-15, 4-114

deldsx3bert 4-115

delln 3-5, 4-116

dellnloop 3-15, 4-117

delport 3-8, 4-118

ferenceRelease 4, Part Number OL-3851-01 Rev. B0, May 2003

Index

delports 4-119

delrscprtn 3-10, 4-120

dncon 4-121

documentation

conventions xxvi

objectives xv

organization xv

dspalm 4-122

dspalmcnf 4-123

dspalmcnt 4-125

dspalms 4-128

dspbufoverflow 4-129

dspcd 3-3, 4-130

dspcderrs 4-132

dspchan 4-133

dspchancnt 4-135

dspchanmap 4-137

dspchans 4-138

dspchanstdabr 4-139

dspchstats 4-140

dspcon 2-29, 3-11, 4-142

dspcons 3-11, 4-144

dspcslftsttbl 4-180

dspds3ln 2-13, 4-147

dspds3lns 2-12, 4-148

dspdsx3bert 4-149

dspegrq 4-150

dspegrqs 4-152

dspegrservtype 4-153

dspfdminfo 4-154

dspfeature 3-2, 4-156

dsplcn 4-157

dspln 3-5, 4-158

dsplns 2-8, 3-4, 4-159

dspm32eqthresh 4-161

dspmaptbl 4-162

dspmsgcnt 4-163

dspoamlpbk 4-164

dspport 2-17, 3-7, 4-166

Cisco Frame RRelease 4, Part Number OL-3851-01 Rev. B0, May 2003

dspportcnt 4-168, 4-256

dspports 2-15, 3-6, 4-170

dspportstats 4-171

dsprdimapenbl 4-173

dsprscprtn 3-8, 4-174

dspsarcnt 4-175

dspsarcnts 4-176

dspservrate 4-178

dspslftst 4-179

dspstatparms 4-182

dspstdabrctrl 4-183

dsptaskinfo 4-184

dsptotals 4-186

dsptrafficgen 3-14, 4-188

dspunit391 4-189

dspusedlnmap 4-190

Dual leaky bucket policing 1-3

E

enhanced LMI 1-3

F

features

channelization 4-156

common to all FRSM cards 1-3

standard ABR rate control 4-156

frame forwarding 1-3

FRF.5 1-3

FRF.8 1-3

FRSM-2CT3

back cards supported 1-2

features 1-5

maximum connections 1-2

IN-3elay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference

Index

FRSM-2T3E3


features 1-5


FRSM-8E1


features 1-4

identification 3-2, 4-156


FRSM-8E1-C


features 1-4



FRSM-8T1


features 1-4



FRSM-8T1-C


features 1-4



FRSM card

bulk distribution 1-7

compatible back cards 1-1

displaying general information 3-3

features 1-3

front and back cards 1-1




redundancy support 1-7

software version and status 3-3

SRM feature support 1-7

viewing alarms 3-3

FRSM-HS2/B



features 1-6


H

HDB3 line coding 1-4, 1-5

Help 4-192

I

i command 4-193

ITU G.703 1-5

ITU G.704 1-4

ITU G.751 1-5

ITU-T Q.933 Annex A 1-3

L

line loopbacks 3-15

lines

bringing down a line 3-5

bringing up a line 2-7

configuration of 2-10, 2-12

configuration quickstart 2-3


displaying a single line 3-5



managing alarms 3-6

valid line numbers 2-7

LMI 1-3

loopback code detection 3-15

loopbacks 3-15

FRSM-2CT3 line and channel loopbacks 3-16

FRSM-2T3E3 line and channel loopbacks 3-17

FRSM-8T1E1 line and channel loopbacks 3-16

FRSM-HS2/B line and channel loopbacks 3-17


Index

M

M13 line framing 1-5

memShow 4-195

MGX-12IN1-8S back card 1-2

MGX-RJ48-8E1 back card 1-1

MGX-SCSI2- 2HSSI/B back card 1-2

moddsx3bert 4-196

myid 4-197

N

network interworking

See NIW

NIW 1-3

nonchannelized cards, identification 3-2, 4-156

P

partition

See resource partition

permanent virtual circuit

See PVC

ports

adding a port 2-14

configuration quickstart 2-4

deleting a port 3-8


displaying a single port 3-7



provisioning, preparation 2-2

PVC 2-4

Q

queDsp 4-198

Cisco Frame RRelease 4, Part Number OL-3851-01 Rev. B0, May 2003

R

redundancy support 1-7

resource partitions

adding a partition 3-8

deleting a resource partition 3-10

displaying a single partition 3-8



modifying a resource partition 3-9

RJ48-8E1 back card 1-1

RJ48-8T1 back card 1-1

R-RJ48-8E1 back card 1-1

R-RJ48-8T1 back card 1-1

rrtcon 4-199

R-SMB-8E1 back card 1-1

runslftstno 4-200

S

service interworking

See SIW

session

CLI commands 4-1


setcmdc 4-201

setpagemode 4-202

SIW 1-3

SMB-8E1 back card 1-1

soft permanent virtual circuits

See SPVC

software, version and status information 3-3

SPVC 2-4

configuration of 2-19

configuring master side of 2-28

configuring slave side of 2-19

FRSM-to-FRSM configuration quickstart 2-4

FRSM-to-non-FRSM configuration quickstart 2-5

See also connections

IN-5elay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference

Index

SRM

feature support for FRSM cards 1-7

SRM-3T3/C 1-7

SRME 1-7

standard ABR rate control feature 4-156

startdsx3bert 4-203

T

T1.618 1-3

trunks

configuration of 2-12

tstcon 3-13, 4-204

tstdelay 3-13, 4-205

U

upcon 4-206

V

version 3-4, 4-207

W

warning

definition xxvii

X

xclrchancnt 4-208

xclrportcnt 4-209

xcnfalm 4-210

xcnfalmcnt 4-212, 4-213

xcnfchan 3-16, 4-215

xcnfchanstdabr 4-225

xcnfdsx3bert 4-227

xcnfln 3-15, 4-230, 4-231


xcnfport 4-238

xcnfportrscprtn 4-242

xdspchan 4-244

xdspchancnt 4-246

xdspchans 4-248

xdspchanstdabr 4-249

xdspdsx3bert 4-250

xdspln 4-251

xdsplns 4-253

xdspport 4-254

xdspports 4-258


Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command ...€¦ · Contents vii Cisco Frame Relay Software Configuration Guide and Command Reference Release 4, Part Number OL-3851-01

Documents